<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Muda.1</id>
		<title>UnionCloud Support - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Muda.1"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Muda.1"/>
		<updated>2026-10-24T09:07:22Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.28.0</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Articles_Manager&amp;diff=3044</id>
		<title>Articles Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Articles_Manager&amp;diff=3044"/>
				<updated>2018-05-11T16:24:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Widget Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{url|}}&lt;br /&gt;
The Articles section is the News / Articles / Blog / similar, section of the Union Cloud website. It is the simplest form of content on UnionCloud. This module has been developed to make it easy to create, edit and manage your articles, so that your news stories can be displayed to the users in an attractive manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Articles_Manage.PNG|thumb|The Manage Articles View]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary page of your Articles within the Dashboard of your Union Cloud site, it shows you an overview of you&amp;#039;re most recent articles (20) as the it is paginated, though if you want to show all there is a button to do that at the bottom.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As with most of the sections of the Dashboard, this view is set out in a very easy to read, and easy to understand manner.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The table shows you the Name, Date Created, Date Updated, Status, Category, and Number of views for each of your News Articles, you can also use the Filter{{Filter}} button in the top right to search for articles by Name, Category or Date Range. Clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Button at the bottom of the page, or the Edit{{Edit}} button, will take you to the Adding / Editing Articles screen, as outlined below, The Delete{{Delete}} button, presents a pop up, asking if you are sure you want to delete the article, if you accept the article will be removed from your website (if you want a less permenant solution, you can move an article to drafts, again explained below), then small clock like button, shows when the article will be visible from, and until if you have chosen to set that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding / Editing Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Articles_AddEdit.PNG|thumb|The Add / Edit an article screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
Every article has 2 Mandatory fields, Title and Body, if &amp;#039;Display image in articles home page&amp;#039; is checked, &amp;#039;Image&amp;#039; also becomes mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Title&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The Title of each article must be unique, and will serve as the &amp;#039;Headline&amp;#039; for your story.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Body&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is the content of your article, set as mandatory to prevent accidentally uploading blank stories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Display image on articles home page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Image&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - File Upload box&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Display image in article detail page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is if you want the thumbnail for the article to also be shown when a user clicks to view the full article&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Article Tags&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Complete this, with words relevant to your article, this will help search engines index your results, including the search bar on your site!&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start Date/Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Calendar &amp;amp; Clock to set when you would like the article to appear on your website, useful for embargoing content, or prepping stories in advance, they will remain unpublished until that time.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;End Date/Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Similar to above, but to take stories down at a certain Date/Time&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Include in RSS feed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If a user decides to use an RSS Feed to view your site news, this article will be withheld.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show on articles index page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked, this article &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appear in the Articles View Shown on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show on news/articles widgets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked the article &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appear on the Widget as shown at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Do not show this article on subsite article index page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using Subsites, you can choose for them to only have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;relevant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; news shown, by keeping main site news out of the news section for subsites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Do not show this article on subsite article widget&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using Subsites, you can choose for them to only have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;relevant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; news shown, by keeping main site news out of the news widget for subsites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save as Draft&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you check this box, when saved the article will save in a state where it is not visible on the website, and can&amp;#039;t be found by visitors using search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View / Search Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/articles}}&lt;br /&gt;
The two images to the right show examples of how Articles appear when viewed on the front end of the website, firstly at the Articles View, and secondly when you click to expand a particular article, for the full view.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles_View.PNG|View of the Articles Section, where you can see or search all news articles.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles_Single.PNG|A Snapshot of what an individual article looks like when opened.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles Widget.PNG|Screenshot of the articles widget, that can be embedded within sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Widget Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 1.png|thumb|Settings cog switch on Edit mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2.png|thumb|Blue container/click plus sign/widget icon]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 3.png|thumb|Enter Title/ select Widget name ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 4.png|thumb|Click relevant check boxes for article to be visible on site]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the front end of the website, there will be a small settings cog on the left-hand side if you click this it will bring up some options that will allow you to turn on ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit Mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ this then allows you to implement elements you want to appear on your website. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blue bar which is a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;tab container&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you will see a plus sign which appears in the middle. Once you click the plus sign you will be able to see different icons these icons have different functionalities which can be applied to the page, however, in this case the widget icon is relevant in terms of publishing articles or resources which would populate the website and makes it a lot more user friendly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have selected the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;widget icon&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; another screen will appear which is demonstrated in the screenshot on the left-hand side. Once you have set a title for your widget you then need to select the drop-down menu ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Widget Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ and select the category you will to portray visible on the website. You will see several check boxes below, in this case, being the article category you will see all the existing articles which then you can select to be visible on the site. You also have a choice to save it as a drat if you are busy or want to double check that all the content is right before it goes live on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The draft mode is hidden on the site by the users only when you&amp;#039;re in the edit mode then you can view the widget you wish to apply. You will see on the left-hand side screenshot of the steps to implement the article widget on to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common Problems and Fixes ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Articles_Manager&amp;diff=3043</id>
		<title>Articles Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Articles_Manager&amp;diff=3043"/>
				<updated>2018-05-11T15:11:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Widget Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{url|}}&lt;br /&gt;
The Articles section is the News / Articles / Blog / similar, section of the Union Cloud website. It is the simplest form of content on UnionCloud. This module has been developed to make it easy to create, edit and manage your articles, so that your news stories can be displayed to the users in an attractive manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Articles_Manage.PNG|thumb|The Manage Articles View]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary page of your Articles within the Dashboard of your Union Cloud site, it shows you an overview of you&amp;#039;re most recent articles (20) as the it is paginated, though if you want to show all there is a button to do that at the bottom.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As with most of the sections of the Dashboard, this view is set out in a very easy to read, and easy to understand manner.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The table shows you the Name, Date Created, Date Updated, Status, Category, and Number of views for each of your News Articles, you can also use the Filter{{Filter}} button in the top right to search for articles by Name, Category or Date Range. Clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Button at the bottom of the page, or the Edit{{Edit}} button, will take you to the Adding / Editing Articles screen, as outlined below, The Delete{{Delete}} button, presents a pop up, asking if you are sure you want to delete the article, if you accept the article will be removed from your website (if you want a less permenant solution, you can move an article to drafts, again explained below), then small clock like button, shows when the article will be visible from, and until if you have chosen to set that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding / Editing Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Articles_AddEdit.PNG|thumb|The Add / Edit an article screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
Every article has 2 Mandatory fields, Title and Body, if &amp;#039;Display image in articles home page&amp;#039; is checked, &amp;#039;Image&amp;#039; also becomes mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Title&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The Title of each article must be unique, and will serve as the &amp;#039;Headline&amp;#039; for your story.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Body&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is the content of your article, set as mandatory to prevent accidentally uploading blank stories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Display image on articles home page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Image&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - File Upload box&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Display image in article detail page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is if you want the thumbnail for the article to also be shown when a user clicks to view the full article&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Article Tags&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Complete this, with words relevant to your article, this will help search engines index your results, including the search bar on your site!&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start Date/Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Calendar &amp;amp; Clock to set when you would like the article to appear on your website, useful for embargoing content, or prepping stories in advance, they will remain unpublished until that time.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;End Date/Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Similar to above, but to take stories down at a certain Date/Time&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Include in RSS feed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If a user decides to use an RSS Feed to view your site news, this article will be withheld.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show on articles index page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked, this article &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appear in the Articles View Shown on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show on news/articles widgets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked the article &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appear on the Widget as shown at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Do not show this article on subsite article index page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using Subsites, you can choose for them to only have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;relevant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; news shown, by keeping main site news out of the news section for subsites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Do not show this article on subsite article widget&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using Subsites, you can choose for them to only have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;relevant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; news shown, by keeping main site news out of the news widget for subsites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save as Draft&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you check this box, when saved the article will save in a state where it is not visible on the website, and can&amp;#039;t be found by visitors using search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View / Search Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/articles}}&lt;br /&gt;
The two images to the right show examples of how Articles appear when viewed on the front end of the website, firstly at the Articles View, and secondly when you click to expand a particular article, for the full view.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles_View.PNG|View of the Articles Section, where you can see or search all news articles.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles_Single.PNG|A Snapshot of what an individual article looks like when opened.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles Widget.PNG|Screenshot of the articles widget, that can be embedded within sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Widget Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 1.png|thumb|Settings cog switch on Edit mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2.png|thumb|Blue container/click plus sign/widget icon]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 3.png|thumb|Enter Title/ select Widget name ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 4.png|thumb|Click relevant check boxes for article to be visible on site]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common Problems and Fixes ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_4.png&amp;diff=3042</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 4.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_4.png&amp;diff=3042"/>
				<updated>2018-05-11T15:10:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;image content&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_3.png&amp;diff=3041</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_3.png&amp;diff=3041"/>
				<updated>2018-05-11T15:09:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;image content&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Articles_Manager&amp;diff=3040</id>
		<title>Articles Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Articles_Manager&amp;diff=3040"/>
				<updated>2018-05-11T15:08:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Widget Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{url|}}&lt;br /&gt;
The Articles section is the News / Articles / Blog / similar, section of the Union Cloud website. It is the simplest form of content on UnionCloud. This module has been developed to make it easy to create, edit and manage your articles, so that your news stories can be displayed to the users in an attractive manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Articles_Manage.PNG|thumb|The Manage Articles View]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary page of your Articles within the Dashboard of your Union Cloud site, it shows you an overview of you&amp;#039;re most recent articles (20) as the it is paginated, though if you want to show all there is a button to do that at the bottom.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As with most of the sections of the Dashboard, this view is set out in a very easy to read, and easy to understand manner.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The table shows you the Name, Date Created, Date Updated, Status, Category, and Number of views for each of your News Articles, you can also use the Filter{{Filter}} button in the top right to search for articles by Name, Category or Date Range. Clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Button at the bottom of the page, or the Edit{{Edit}} button, will take you to the Adding / Editing Articles screen, as outlined below, The Delete{{Delete}} button, presents a pop up, asking if you are sure you want to delete the article, if you accept the article will be removed from your website (if you want a less permenant solution, you can move an article to drafts, again explained below), then small clock like button, shows when the article will be visible from, and until if you have chosen to set that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding / Editing Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Articles_AddEdit.PNG|thumb|The Add / Edit an article screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
Every article has 2 Mandatory fields, Title and Body, if &amp;#039;Display image in articles home page&amp;#039; is checked, &amp;#039;Image&amp;#039; also becomes mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Title&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The Title of each article must be unique, and will serve as the &amp;#039;Headline&amp;#039; for your story.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Body&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is the content of your article, set as mandatory to prevent accidentally uploading blank stories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Display image on articles home page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Image&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - File Upload box&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Display image in article detail page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is if you want the thumbnail for the article to also be shown when a user clicks to view the full article&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Article Tags&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Complete this, with words relevant to your article, this will help search engines index your results, including the search bar on your site!&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start Date/Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Calendar &amp;amp; Clock to set when you would like the article to appear on your website, useful for embargoing content, or prepping stories in advance, they will remain unpublished until that time.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;End Date/Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Similar to above, but to take stories down at a certain Date/Time&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Include in RSS feed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If a user decides to use an RSS Feed to view your site news, this article will be withheld.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show on articles index page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked, this article &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appear in the Articles View Shown on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show on news/articles widgets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked the article &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appear on the Widget as shown at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Do not show this article on subsite article index page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using Subsites, you can choose for them to only have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;relevant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; news shown, by keeping main site news out of the news section for subsites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Do not show this article on subsite article widget&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using Subsites, you can choose for them to only have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;relevant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; news shown, by keeping main site news out of the news widget for subsites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save as Draft&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you check this box, when saved the article will save in a state where it is not visible on the website, and can&amp;#039;t be found by visitors using search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View / Search Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/articles}}&lt;br /&gt;
The two images to the right show examples of how Articles appear when viewed on the front end of the website, firstly at the Articles View, and secondly when you click to expand a particular article, for the full view.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles_View.PNG|View of the Articles Section, where you can see or search all news articles.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles_Single.PNG|A Snapshot of what an individual article looks like when opened.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles Widget.PNG|Screenshot of the articles widget, that can be embedded within sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Widget Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 1.png|thumb|Settings cog switch on Edit mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2.png|thumb|Blue container/click pluss sign]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common Problems and Fixes ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Articles_Manager&amp;diff=3039</id>
		<title>Articles Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Articles_Manager&amp;diff=3039"/>
				<updated>2018-05-11T15:07:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Widget Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{url|}}&lt;br /&gt;
The Articles section is the News / Articles / Blog / similar, section of the Union Cloud website. It is the simplest form of content on UnionCloud. This module has been developed to make it easy to create, edit and manage your articles, so that your news stories can be displayed to the users in an attractive manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Articles_Manage.PNG|thumb|The Manage Articles View]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary page of your Articles within the Dashboard of your Union Cloud site, it shows you an overview of you&amp;#039;re most recent articles (20) as the it is paginated, though if you want to show all there is a button to do that at the bottom.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As with most of the sections of the Dashboard, this view is set out in a very easy to read, and easy to understand manner.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The table shows you the Name, Date Created, Date Updated, Status, Category, and Number of views for each of your News Articles, you can also use the Filter{{Filter}} button in the top right to search for articles by Name, Category or Date Range. Clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Button at the bottom of the page, or the Edit{{Edit}} button, will take you to the Adding / Editing Articles screen, as outlined below, The Delete{{Delete}} button, presents a pop up, asking if you are sure you want to delete the article, if you accept the article will be removed from your website (if you want a less permenant solution, you can move an article to drafts, again explained below), then small clock like button, shows when the article will be visible from, and until if you have chosen to set that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding / Editing Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Articles_AddEdit.PNG|thumb|The Add / Edit an article screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
Every article has 2 Mandatory fields, Title and Body, if &amp;#039;Display image in articles home page&amp;#039; is checked, &amp;#039;Image&amp;#039; also becomes mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Title&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The Title of each article must be unique, and will serve as the &amp;#039;Headline&amp;#039; for your story.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Body&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is the content of your article, set as mandatory to prevent accidentally uploading blank stories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Display image on articles home page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Image&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - File Upload box&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Display image in article detail page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is if you want the thumbnail for the article to also be shown when a user clicks to view the full article&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Article Tags&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Complete this, with words relevant to your article, this will help search engines index your results, including the search bar on your site!&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start Date/Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Calendar &amp;amp; Clock to set when you would like the article to appear on your website, useful for embargoing content, or prepping stories in advance, they will remain unpublished until that time.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;End Date/Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Similar to above, but to take stories down at a certain Date/Time&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Include in RSS feed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If a user decides to use an RSS Feed to view your site news, this article will be withheld.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show on articles index page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked, this article &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appear in the Articles View Shown on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show on news/articles widgets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked the article &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appear on the Widget as shown at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Do not show this article on subsite article index page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using Subsites, you can choose for them to only have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;relevant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; news shown, by keeping main site news out of the news section for subsites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Do not show this article on subsite article widget&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using Subsites, you can choose for them to only have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;relevant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; news shown, by keeping main site news out of the news widget for subsites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save as Draft&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you check this box, when saved the article will save in a state where it is not visible on the website, and can&amp;#039;t be found by visitors using search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View / Search Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/articles}}&lt;br /&gt;
The two images to the right show examples of how Articles appear when viewed on the front end of the website, firstly at the Articles View, and secondly when you click to expand a particular article, for the full view.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles_View.PNG|View of the Articles Section, where you can see or search all news articles.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles_Single.PNG|A Snapshot of what an individual article looks like when opened.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles Widget.PNG|Screenshot of the articles widget, that can be embedded within sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Widget Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 1.png|thumb|Settings cog switch on Edit mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2.png|tumb|Blue container/click pluss sign]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common Problems and Fixes ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2.png&amp;diff=3038</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_2.png&amp;diff=3038"/>
				<updated>2018-05-11T15:06:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;image content&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Articles_Manager&amp;diff=3037</id>
		<title>Articles Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Articles_Manager&amp;diff=3037"/>
				<updated>2018-05-11T15:06:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: image upload for widget&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{url|}}&lt;br /&gt;
The Articles section is the News / Articles / Blog / similar, section of the Union Cloud website. It is the simplest form of content on UnionCloud. This module has been developed to make it easy to create, edit and manage your articles, so that your news stories can be displayed to the users in an attractive manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manage Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Articles_Manage.PNG|thumb|The Manage Articles View]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary page of your Articles within the Dashboard of your Union Cloud site, it shows you an overview of you&amp;#039;re most recent articles (20) as the it is paginated, though if you want to show all there is a button to do that at the bottom.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As with most of the sections of the Dashboard, this view is set out in a very easy to read, and easy to understand manner.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The table shows you the Name, Date Created, Date Updated, Status, Category, and Number of views for each of your News Articles, you can also use the Filter{{Filter}} button in the top right to search for articles by Name, Category or Date Range. Clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Button at the bottom of the page, or the Edit{{Edit}} button, will take you to the Adding / Editing Articles screen, as outlined below, The Delete{{Delete}} button, presents a pop up, asking if you are sure you want to delete the article, if you accept the article will be removed from your website (if you want a less permenant solution, you can move an article to drafts, again explained below), then small clock like button, shows when the article will be visible from, and until if you have chosen to set that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding / Editing Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Articles_AddEdit.PNG|thumb|The Add / Edit an article screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
Every article has 2 Mandatory fields, Title and Body, if &amp;#039;Display image in articles home page&amp;#039; is checked, &amp;#039;Image&amp;#039; also becomes mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Title&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The Title of each article must be unique, and will serve as the &amp;#039;Headline&amp;#039; for your story.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Body&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is the content of your article, set as mandatory to prevent accidentally uploading blank stories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Display image on articles home page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Image&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - File Upload box&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Display image in article detail page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is if you want the thumbnail for the article to also be shown when a user clicks to view the full article&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Article Tags&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Complete this, with words relevant to your article, this will help search engines index your results, including the search bar on your site!&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start Date/Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Calendar &amp;amp; Clock to set when you would like the article to appear on your website, useful for embargoing content, or prepping stories in advance, they will remain unpublished until that time.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;End Date/Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Similar to above, but to take stories down at a certain Date/Time&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Include in RSS feed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If a user decides to use an RSS Feed to view your site news, this article will be withheld.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show on articles index page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked, this article &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appear in the Articles View Shown on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Show on news/articles widgets&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If this is checked the article &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;will&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; appear on the Widget as shown at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Do not show this article on subsite article index page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using Subsites, you can choose for them to only have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;relevant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; news shown, by keeping main site news out of the news section for subsites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Do not show this article on subsite article widget&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you are using Subsites, you can choose for them to only have &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;relevant&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; news shown, by keeping main site news out of the news widget for subsites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save as Draft&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you check this box, when saved the article will save in a state where it is not visible on the website, and can&amp;#039;t be found by visitors using search&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View / Search Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/articles}}&lt;br /&gt;
The two images to the right show examples of how Articles appear when viewed on the front end of the website, firstly at the Articles View, and secondly when you click to expand a particular article, for the full view.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles_View.PNG|View of the Articles Section, where you can see or search all news articles.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles_Single.PNG|A Snapshot of what an individual article looks like when opened.&lt;br /&gt;
File:Articles Widget.PNG|Screenshot of the articles widget, that can be embedded within sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Widget Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 1.png|thumb|Settings cog switch on Edit mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common Problems and Fixes ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_1.png&amp;diff=3036</id>
		<title>File:Screenshot 1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Screenshot_1.png&amp;diff=3036"/>
				<updated>2018-05-11T15:04:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;image content&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Permissions.png&amp;diff=3035</id>
		<title>File:Permissions.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Permissions.png&amp;diff=3035"/>
				<updated>2018-05-10T11:05:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: Muda.1 uploaded a new version of File:Permissions.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Admin/setup/permissions&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Permissions.png&amp;diff=3034</id>
		<title>File:Permissions.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Permissions.png&amp;diff=3034"/>
				<updated>2018-05-10T11:02:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: Muda.1 uploaded a new version of File:Permissions.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Admin/setup/permissions&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Elections&amp;diff=3033</id>
		<title>Elections</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Elections&amp;diff=3033"/>
				<updated>2018-05-10T08:32:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Trigger Fast-Track Emails */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:ElectionsHierarchy.PNG|thumb|Here is the hierarchy works for running elections; Election, Category, Position.]]&lt;br /&gt;
eVoting, Elections, Online Voting, Democracy. Whatever you want to call it, this is the section that will teach you all about the eVoting Module, and how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can read a separate guide on [[How to set up an election]] though for a step by step walk through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Elections section is broken down into three distinct sections [[#Manage Categories|Manage Categories]], [[#Manage Positions|Manage Positions]], and [[#Manage Elections|Manage Elections]], the way to look at this is as follows, One election, can have multiple categories, and each category can have multiple positions stored within it. This is shown in the graphic on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manage Categories==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Evoting ManageCategories.PNG|thumb|Screen showing all elections categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
You create a category for each different type/ group of positions you wish to hold an election for, you may wish to group your elections in a number of different ways, for example you could create a category for, Full Time / Executive Officers, One for Part Time/Representation Officers, One for NUS Delegation Elections, One for Sports elections, One for Society Elections, or you could potentially even create a new category for every different club / society, the only difference here, is how they are grouped when shown on the End User Elections screen, which you can see examples off in the [[How to set up an election]] guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Evoting Category Add.PNG|thumb|Adding a new category]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a new category relatively easily, choose the &amp;#039;Add Category&amp;#039; button below the grid to the left.  This will open a separate screen with two boxes to complete,&lt;br /&gt;
*The Title of the Category&lt;br /&gt;
::For example Exec Elections, Club Elections, Society Elections etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*The Description of the Category&lt;br /&gt;
::Try to make this fairly descriptive to stop anyone accidentally putting positions into the wrong category at a later point in time. This is particularly a problem if you have a number of different staff processing elections! Be as clear as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manage Positions==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Evoting ManagePositions.PNG|thumb|Manage Positions Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
Each position is an individual elected role, now that doesn&amp;#039;t necessarily mean it can only be one person, you can set the number of seats for a position when you are setting up an election, but for example you need to set up a unique position for each one you wish to run. Therefore, you can&amp;#039;t just set up a &amp;#039;President&amp;#039; position, and use it for all of your Clubs / Society elections. You would need to set up a &amp;#039;President&amp;#039;, that is a part of the &amp;#039;Executive&amp;#039; [[#Manage Categories|Category]], and a Chess President, that is part of the Society Elections Category, or a part of a &amp;#039;Chess Elections&amp;#039; Category if you set it up to be that granular. You will need to create the roles for each group. Though this only needs to be done once.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Evoting Position Add Mapped.PNG|thumb|Add New Position Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a New Position, from the Manage Positions screen, by clicking the button on the bottom left, that will take you to the screen pictured to the side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manage Elections==&lt;br /&gt;
===List Elections===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage Elections.PNG|thumb|Manage Elections Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/evoting/evoting_elections}}&lt;br /&gt;
This screen gives an overview of ALL elections what state they are currently in, and when they should open and close. For every election, the state column will contain an icon which should give you an idea of where your election is right now. The table below explains each of those states.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Category !! Icon !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Open || {{open}} || This election is currently open for users to vote in.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pending || {{pending}} || The setup for this election is complete and it will go live at the time indicated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Draft || {{draft}} || This election is either marked as draft, or setup is incomplete, this will &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; go live.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Copied || {{copied}} || This is a copy of an election, used when candidates need to be disqualified at the close of voting, or for gender balanced elections.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Closed || {{closed}} || This election has ended.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cancelled || {{cancelled}} || This election was cancelled before it reached completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the Add Election button, to the top left of the table to begin creating a New Election.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create Election.PNG|thumb|Creating a New Election]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Additional Info for Self Nomination.PNG|thumb|Additional info for Self Nomination, as displayed to user when submitting nomination]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the boxes on screen to Setup your Election, mandatory fields are marked with a red asterisk(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type/Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Text&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Use this field to give your election a sensible name, We would suggest Type of Election / Time / Year &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;Officer Elections March 2018&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for example.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Running From&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Date/Time Picker&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - This box is the start time of your &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;election&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; not your nominations, ensure you put the time you want voting to begin in this box.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Running To&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Date/Time Picker&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - As above, this box is related to your election, whatever you put in this box is the time voting will end.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Daily polls open || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Time Picker&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - Use the date time picker to set what time of day you want your polls to open during the election. This should be left blank if you want 24 hour polling. Further Explanation below.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Daily polls close || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Time Picker&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - Use the date time picker to set what time of day you want your polls to close during the election. This should be left blank if you want 24 hour polling. Further Explanation below.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Information for Self Nomination || This is information that a prospective candidate will see on the Self-Nomination screen, you can see an example in the screenshot to the right. Further Explanation below.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select this to add RON as default candidate in this election || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - Selecting this box will automatically add RON to all of your Elections, if you don&amp;#039;t you will manually have to add RON as a candidate in elections you wish to use it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select this to show only eligible elections || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - If checked when a user comes to the voting screen, instead of seeing all elections and positions currently running, a user will only see elections they are eligible to vote in, useful if you are running lots of Course Rep / Club / Society elections at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select this to allow spoil ballot option during evoting || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - Selecting this option will give user a Spoil Ballot button, which will allow users to provide a short statement about why they are spoiling their ballot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select this to allow user to modify the vote || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - Selecting this option will allow users to modify their vote after initially casting it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Send fast-track voting link to authorised students || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - If you want to use fast-track voting emails at all during the election you absolutely &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;have to&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; select this checkbox, if you don&amp;#039;t you will be unable to send them out. More details on Fast Track emails later in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|It is possible to extend an election by moving the &amp;#039;Running to&amp;#039; time further into the future once an election has started, however it is &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; possible to reduce the amount of time in an election, or stop an election early. Ensure you get these details correct!}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Daily Polls open / close====&lt;br /&gt;
This feature warrants a little further explanation, some unions choose to open and close their election polls outside of traditional &amp;#039;waking&amp;#039; hours. So for example, open your polls at 07:00 AM, and then close them again at around 10:00 PM, which encourages candidates to limit the campaigning they do outside of these hours. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
One of the major reasons for this is to do with candidate welfare, it stops candidates from feeling like they need to stay up for 7 days straight, and skip sleep just to get votes in the election.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This feature isn&amp;#039;t mandatory, but if you wish you can open and close these polls at times of day as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Additional Information for Self Nomination====&lt;br /&gt;
This section adds an additional box of information on the screen where a potential candidate nominates themselves. Once they click submit they are presented with the form to stand, before reaching the boxes they see the Role Description, and this box for additional information.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It isn&amp;#039;t a requirement to use this box, however you can use it to provide additional information to candidates.&lt;br /&gt;
Our recommendation would be to use this to provide information about the election, election rules, candidates handbooks, example manifestos, info about word limits, campaign budgets etc. Perhaps even embed a video explaining how Transferable Vote works for example.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
One important thing to note is that if you use this box, it applies the same message in this box for all positions within the election, so we advise that you put generic information in this field. However, you can UPDATE this info, for a specific position when it comes to using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit Standings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen.&lt;br /&gt;
====Add Categories====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Select Categories.PNG|thumb|Select the Categories for this election]]&lt;br /&gt;
Use this screen to select the categories you wish to include within your election.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remember we advise that you include multiple categories within a single election, so for example we encourage you to run Officer Elections, alongside, Clubs / Society / Course Rep Elections, all of this serves to increase your overall turnout. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; We have loads of examples of where SU&amp;#039;s have run Club / Society elections at the same time, users voting for their group committee participate in voting in overall SU democracy, because they are already there. If you want some more information from us about this feel free to get in touch!&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|Before you leave this page you will get a warning! This is to double check you&amp;#039;ve only Added/Removed &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;categories&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; that you intended to. Remember you can come back to this page at any point before the election goes live to remove &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;categories&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the election if you no longer wish to run them. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;But remember&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; if you remove a category, that has positions in it, and already had candidates, and then you press okay on the warning box, this data is lost.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Add Positions====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Select Positions.PNG|thumb|Select the Positions for this election]]&lt;br /&gt;
Use this screen to select the positions you wish to include within your election.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Only select the positions you wish to include, as any positions that don&amp;#039;t have standing candidates at when your election is due to go live may prevent it form doing so!&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|Before you leave this page you will get a warning! This is to double check you&amp;#039;ve only Added/Removed &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;positions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; that you intended to. Remember you can come back to this page at any point before the election goes live to remove &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;positions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the election if you no longer wish to run them. &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;But remember&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; if you remove a position, the details of any candidates have stood or submitted nominations will be lost, and they will need to be added / submitted again if you need to restore it, this data is lost.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Add Standings====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add Standings.PNG|thumb|An example add standings screen showing some of the available states]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen gives an overview of ALL the standings within your election what state they are currently in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the state of their self-nominations, if they are using it, along with when they open and close. For every position, the state column will contain an icon either Pending or Completed, it&amp;#039;s worth noting that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;every&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standing in your election needs to be completed, before your election will go live, if you have standings which don&amp;#039;t have candidates, make sure you remove them! Otherwise you will find your election doesn&amp;#039;t go live.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! State !! Icon !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Completed || {{completed}} || This standing is completed, providing all others are, your election will go live.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pending || {{pending}} || There are one or more steps required to complete this standing, edit the standing for more information.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Remember, election will not go live until all standings are completed&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also from this screen you can monitor the state of any Self Nominations you have enabled, and also the open/close dates for these nominations. Self nominations aren&amp;#039;t require for your standings to be &amp;#039;complete&amp;#039; they are an optional extra for you to use, as a way of adding candidates.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
So long as the &amp;#039;State&amp;#039; of the standing is complete, the elections will go live as planned..&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains all of the possible Nomination Status&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! State !! Icon !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Open || {{open}} || Nominations for this standing are currently open, they will close at the date/time indicated&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Closed || {{closed}} || Nominations for this standing have closed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pending || {{pending}} || Nominations times for this standing have been set, they will open on the date/time indicated&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| No Self Nomination || {{no-self-nomination}} || Self nomination has not been set for this standing.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Set Nomination for standings====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage Nomination1.PNG|thumb|Check the boxes or leave them blank to select all, then choose Manage Nominations button.]]&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to configure self nomination for standings, there are a number of ways to go about this;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you only want to allow self nomination for certain positions you can check the boxes to the left hand side of those standings. Once done, if you click the Blue &amp;#039;Manage Nominations&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage Nomination2.PNG|thumb|Fill out the boxes to begin nominations for these positions at the dates you set]]&lt;br /&gt;
Set the dates you wish to open and close Self-Nominations for your elections.  This should go without saying, but bear in mind that the &amp;#039;Nomination End Date/Time &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;can not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; be after the start date of your election. This is an issue that occasionally crops up when people want to open the nominations but don&amp;#039;t have firm dates for the elections yet.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;{{note|Something worth noting is that you should make sure to give yourself enough time at the end of nominations, before your election goes live, to review the submissions and approve / decline them, our advice would be to do this every day though, even throughout your nominations period, this gives users the opportunity to edit and fix nominations, and resubmit, if they have been rejected for something the user can update.}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next begin typing the name of the usergroup you want to set for the election, and after 3 letters it will begin a search for you to autocomplete the usergroup. These are the students who will be eligible to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;nominate&amp;#039;&amp;#039; themselves for the position.&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, provide a number to set the word limit for candidates manifestos. Once a candidate has hit the limit (which is displayed below the text editor), it will show an error and cut them off from typing any more.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
One final note is that sometimes, say you are running a hundred or so elections, it may be worth setting nominations for ALL of the standings, even if the nomination conditions aren&amp;#039;t the same for all of them, then changing the few individual ones afterwards, this can save great amounts of time!&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A good example is say you are running all of your Officer / Council elections in one go, you could set the nomination for ALL standings to &amp;#039;Confirmed Students&amp;#039; assuming this might be for 30 or so standings. The once done you could update the Nomination user group for a &amp;#039;Womens Officer&amp;#039; to a &amp;#039;Women Students usergroup&amp;#039; setting it up in this way can end up saving you a lot of time!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit Standing====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit Standing1.PNG|thumb|Select the cog, then choose the edit standing button]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit standing button is where you can configure settings about a particular standing, manually add and remove candidates from the election (before it has gone live), make edits to manifestos, pictures and more. It&amp;#039;s comprised of two sections, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; where you can change any of the configurations for the standing, such as number of seats, manifesto limits etc. And &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standing Candidates&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to make amendments to or add candidates.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Setup=====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit Standing - Setup.PNG|thumb|Use this screen to customise settings for an individual role]]&lt;br /&gt;
If you are holding a very simple election with no self nomination, then this screen is very brief and will only be comprised of two fields and a checkbox to activate self nomination;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Example !! Format Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Seats&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 1 || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;#039;Numerical Field&amp;#039;, provide a number between 1 and 10 for the number of seats available in this election. i.e. the number of people that can be elected for this position.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| User Groups&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || Confirmed Students || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Open Text (Autocomplete)- As you begin typing this box will autocomplete to suggest usergroups in the site. The usergroup selected here will be those who are eligible to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;vote&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the election.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Allow self nomination for this standing || Checked/Unchecked || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;This checkbox either activates or removes the Self Nomination setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following fields will only be visible if you checked to enable self nominations;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Example !! Format Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Nomination Start Date/Time&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 01/01/2020 01:00 PM || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;#039;Date/Time field&amp;#039; - The ability to self nominate will open at the specified time.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Nomination End Date/Time&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 02/01/2020 01:00 PM || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;#039;Date/Time field&amp;#039; - The ability to self nominate will close at the specified time.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| User Groups&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || Confirmed Students || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Open Text (Autocomplete)- As you begin typing this box will autocomplete to suggest usergroups in the site. The usergroup selected here will be those who are eligible to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;self-nominate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the election.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Word limit on manifesto || 50 || &amp;#039;Numerical Field&amp;#039;, You can use this to set a maximum number of words that a candidate can submit using self nominations, if left blank there won&amp;#039;t be a limit imposed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Override additional information for self nomination || Checked/Unchecked || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Checkbox]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;If checked a WYSIWYG editor appears allowing you to override the information provided to a candidate at the point of self nomination, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;just&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for this standing, the default text will still apply for other standings with self-nominations, as set in the &amp;#039;Setup&amp;#039; stage.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional information for self nomination || Text || Open Text, WYSIWYG Editor, to post content you want a candidate to see at the point they are about to nominate themselves, you can include text, links, images, or even embedded content like videos.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Standing Candidates=====&lt;br /&gt;
From this screen you can view, add, remove, and edit candidates standing for a particular position.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The list you see will be the candidates who are already confirmed. Any self nominations you confirm will be added to this list, and you will be able to edit them the way you can any others once done.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you select the {{cog}} you will have the ability to View{{view}}, Edit{{Edit}} or Delete{{Delete}} a particular candidate.&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively there is a blue &amp;#039;Add Candidate&amp;#039; button at the top of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From the Edit page you can update any of the candidates details, Name, Picture, Manifesto, right up until the election goes live.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Edit Standing - Standing Candidates1.PNG|You can use this screen to add/edit/remove the candidates standing in a position]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Edit Standing - Standing Candidates2.PNG|You can use this position to add/edit details about a candidate, amending the name, photo, manifesto and more]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Candidates===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Candidates.png|thumb|Democracy/List Elections/Add Election/Candidates]]&lt;br /&gt;
The candidate&amp;#039;s tab allows you to view the list of candidates that are currently confirmed in the given election. Here is a screenshot of how this would appear on the backend of UnionCloud once you have set up your election. you can edit the candidate information through &amp;#039;Add Standings&amp;#039; before it goes live.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trigger Fast-Track Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fasttrack1.1.png|thumb|Admin/Setup/Messages and Emails/Configurable emails/Elections]]&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘trigger fast track E-mails’ screen allows you to send links to users prompting them to vote which bypasses the login credentials and takes them straight to the voting page.  First, you need to update your election message you want to send out in Admin/setup/Messages and Emails/ configure Emails. If you select the first option under module where it states ‘Elections’ (fast track e-voting email) on the right-hand side, there is a settings cog. Once you select this you will see an option to edit which is the pencil icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fasttrack2.png|thumb|]]&lt;br /&gt;
Once you select &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; it will take you to the message tab for the fast track E-mail where you can then change and apply the relevant message you wish to send to the users. You can also preview this by clicking the green &amp;#039;preview E-mail Template&amp;#039; button at the top left which then you can view the structure and appearance of the message. You don’t need to worry about the system field tags as this is used as part of the HTML to automatically generate the user’s details into the message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fasttrack3.png|thumb|Democracy/E-voting/Trigger Fast-track Emails]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to select the elections which are listed below or search for an election using the search box under ‘name’ which is highlighted blue. You need to make sure you are selecting the right election for the message to be sent out to the users about the election you want them to cast their vote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note| You can only send one fast track email a day so double-check that you have done everything correctly otherwise, you will need to wait until the following day to re-send the E-mail.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see there are 3 options where you can select to bypass the login credentials with a link that takes you straight to the voting page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Send to all unique users in the selected elections.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The first option sends the email to all users selecting the elections you want them to cast their vote on &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Send to all unique users in the selected elections, who don&amp;#039;t already have a fast track link, or have already clicked on their fast track link.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The second option is where the users have already been sent a fast track link and have clicked the link and not been able to cast their vote, this allows you to send another link as you cannot reuse the original link that has been sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3)	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Send to all unique users in the selected elections, where the user has not yet cast a vote.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The third option is for users yet have not voted which will send them the fast track link prompting them to cast their vote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Statistics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The E-mail statistics tab overall allows you to see previous fast track email statistics for each month. If you click on the bar chart icon a pop up will appear revealing the statistics. This is shown on the Screenshot below.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Analytics.png|frameless|Democracy/Elections/Email Statistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The E-mails statistics tab brings up a small overlay giving you the following information:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Category ||The Month &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| E-mail sent||The number of users the E-mail is sent to&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Delivered %||The percentage of E-mails that has been sent&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Open %||The percentage of people opening the email&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click- through %||The percentage of how many people have clicked on the email&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Bounce %||The percentage of E-mails that are not valid&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
This is demonstrated on the screenshot below on how it will appear on the backend of UnionCloud &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Statistics.png|frameless|Caption text]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Upload_Files&amp;diff=3032</id>
		<title>Upload Files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Upload_Files&amp;diff=3032"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T13:38:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Uploading Files, (CSV&amp;#039;s) is one most common ways Unions import data into the system, and there are currently four different areas you can upload data to the system for currently.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Upload Student File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - To upload bulk groups of your students to Union Cloud&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Upload Programme File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - To upload a list of courses, course codes, departments, and schools/colleges to Union Cloud&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Upload Member File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - To upload members to a group, if for example people paid membership for a Club / Society in cash, and you wanted to add them to Union Cloud&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Upload Club Admins File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you have run elections separately to Union Cloud, but you want to upload groups of students as admins for certain Clubs / Societies Bulleted list itemBulleted list item&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Upload Course Representative Upload&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; To upload a bulk of course representatives into the UnionCloud system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing we need to say, and is rather important, is that all CSV File uploads, are processed over night, the same day they are uploaded. So long as your upload is complete by around 23:45 on any given night, the file will be processed just after midnight, depending on the size of the files, and how many other unions are also processing large numbers of uploads, the speed at which this is processed will vary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend that any editing you plan to do of CSV&amp;#039;s is done in Excel, and when saving the file type you choose which file type to save, choose comma-delimited, comma separated values file, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the tab-delimited type. It is always worth downloading the CSV template for the for the particular file you wish to upload from the Upload Files section, as this saves coming up with any unnecessary errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is the case with all of these upload types, you should come back the following day to ensure that there are no errors with the file you uploaded overnight, beneath each upload section, there is an area for you to download any recent error files.&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot; float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{CSVT|File:Course rep upload.csv|Course Rep Upload CSV Template}} &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot; float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{CSVT|File:Groups admins upload.csv|Group Admin Member Upload CSV Template}} &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot; float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{CSVT|File:Member upload.csv|Group Member Upload CSV Template}} &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot; float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{CSVT|File:Student upload.csv|Student Upload CSV Template}} &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot; float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{CSVT|File:Programme upload.csv|Programme File Upload CSV Template}}&amp;amp;#160;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Student File==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload Student File.PNG|thumb|Upload Student File Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/upload_files/upload_student_file}}&lt;br /&gt;
This is the primary, and most common method that Unions use to get data into Union Cloud, a CSV Upload, though there are two other methods of getting the data, one is through allowing manual registration, which you can filter by certain email extensions, for example only allow emails that have &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.ac.uk&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; endings, or the third method is you can have data added to your site automatically, by a data transfer using SOAP, or JSON (if this is something you&amp;#039;d like to move to your lead Union Cloud contact should speak to us about it).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files that you upload make up the majority of your members, and after upload, can all be found in the [[User Account Details]] section.&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory fields are marked with a red asterisk(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For ease of reading this table is formatted vertically, but as seen in the screenshot to the right, and the CSV Template, the file is actually formatted with ID, forename, surname etc... as Row headings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Example !! Format Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 501 || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;#039;Unique Student Identifier&amp;#039; If regex is given during setup, then this must match the format.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| forename&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || John || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Open Text - 30 Characters, no special characters.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| surname&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || Smith || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Open Text - 30 Characters, no special characters.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| dob&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 30/04/1983 || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[DD/MM/YYYY]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; This format must be exactly as shown to the left&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| gender || male || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Male, Female, Non-Binary, Other, M, F, N, O]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Input must match one of those shown, or be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| institution_email&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || john.smith@domain.ac.uk || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Must be a valid email address.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| nationality || IND ||Must match 2 or 3 character ISO Code, ISO Extensions for England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland are supported, or be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| domicile_country || GBR ||Must match 2 or 3 character ISO code, ISO Extensions for England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland are supported, or be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fee_status || UK || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[UK, EU, IN]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Input must match one of those shown, though can be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| hall_of_residence || INDLC || Open Text - 30 characters, no special characters, can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| programme_id || PRG001 || Open Text - Though should match one of the codes listed in your Programme File, can also be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| study_type || PGT || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[FE, UG, PG, PGT, PGR, CPD, UGM, MPH, TES]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Input must match one of those shown or be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| programme_level || 1 || Any number from 1-99&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| start_date || 10/10/2012 || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[DD/MM/YYYY]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Date must match format shown though can be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| end_date&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 31/05/2020 || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[DD/MM/YYYY]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Date must match format shown, this is required as it&amp;#039;s the date users are moved out of Confirmed Students group, into Alumni group.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| record_type&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || new || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[new, update, permanent_delete]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Input must match that shown.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| alternate_email_address || abc@email.com || Must be a valid email address, or can be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| library_card || L12345 || Open Text - Though if regex has been given during setup, value must match the format, can also be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| department || EL || Open Text - Short Codes for institution departments, should match programme file, can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| erasmus || Y || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Y, N]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Must match the format shown, or can be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ethnicity || European || Open Text, or can be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| finalist || Y || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Y, N]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;Indicates whether the student is a final year, must match format, or can be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| mode_of_study || Full-Time || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Full-Time, Part-Time]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Must match the format shown or can be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| placement || R || Example &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Y, N, R, P]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Must match the format shown, or can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| address || 101 Road || Open Text - Can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| postcode || SK10 2NZ || Must be a valid UK Postcode, or can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Programme File ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload Programme File.PNG|thumb|Upload Programme File Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/upload_files/upload_programme_file}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Programme File, is used to upload a database of all courses at your institution and some details about them, in each Student Record, there is a space to input &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;programme_id&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; this is the relational record which the system matches with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;id&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; from the Programme File, and uses it to find out all of the information about their course, based on what you upload here [Course Title&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;(programme_name)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, School Name, Faculty Name, Study Type], this data is used for when you are trying to build demographic reports about your students, based on elections / groups / events, who takes part in these activities for example, but also for a database of course for the Course Rep Lookup tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This should ideally be updated at least once a year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Example !! Format Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || PRG001 ||&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;#039;Unique Programme Identifier&amp;#039; these should each be unique in this sheet, however match up with programme_id in the Student Files.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| programme_name&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || PRG Name 1 ||&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Open Text - This should be the name of the course matching the course code in the previous field&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| jacs_code || W100 || Joint Academic Coding System (JACS) a system for coding courses used to match courses across multiple institutes around the UK, your institution may or may not use these.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| school_name || School of Life || Open Text - This should be the School / College / that contains the faculty for the course listed in the first field&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| faculty_name || Faculty Name 1 || Open Text - This should be the Faculty, that contains the course listed in the first field.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| study_type || UG || [FE, UG, PG, PGT, PGR, CPD] are the acceptable inputs for this field.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| record_type&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || New ||&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; [new, update] are the acceptable inputs for this field, you should use them to indicate whether you are creating a new item, or updating an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Member File ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload Member File.PNG|thumb|Upload Member File Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/upload_files/upload_member_file}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Member File, is used to upload a group of members that need to be added to a specific group (club or society), this is one of the less commonly used file uploads as most memberships are completed through an online transaction when a user has clicked &amp;#039;Join Group&amp;#039; on a specific club or society, they then process the payment if necessary, and then sign up, or are simply just signed up if it is a free to join group. However sometimes transactions are procesed offline, over a cash desk / reception, and these students will still need to be added to the mentioned group, alternative method of doing this is if your cash desk is to use the [[Remote Sales]] module, in which case students are added directly to the groups, however if this is not the case and you just take their details, you follow this method to add them to a group!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please pay careful attention the mandatory fields in this table an asterisk (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;), indicates a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;mandatory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field, whilst a numbers sign (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) sometimes referred to as a hashtag, hash, pound, or octothorpe denotes that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;one&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of the two fields &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;must be filled in, in this case &amp;#039;univ_id&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;email_address&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Example !! Format Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| univ_id&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  || 501 || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;One of two is Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;#039;Unique Student Identifier&amp;#039; this should match the details in the User Account Details for a student.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| group_name&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  || Dance group || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The name of the group the user is meant to be joining, should match wording of actual group membership.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| membership_type_caetegory&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  || Salsa Member || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The name of a membership type &amp;#039;member&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;standard member&amp;#039; or similar, again the wording should match an actual membership type.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| next_of_kin_name || Dave Jacobs || Open Text - If this Next of Kin is mandatory for group they are joining this will be required, otherwise can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| next_of_kin_relationship || Father || Open Text - If this Next of Kin is mandatory for group they are joining this will be required, otherwise can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| next_of_kin_address || Address1 || Open Text - If this Next of Kin is mandatory for group they are joining this will be required, otherwise can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| next_of_kin_mobile_no || 0123456790 || Open Text - If this Next of Kin is mandatory for group they are joining this will be required, otherwise can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| next_of_kin_home_no ||  || Open Text - If this Next of Kin is mandatory for group they are joining this will be required, otherwise can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| next_of_kin_work_no || 9876543210 || Open Text - If this Next of Kin is mandatory for group they are joining this will be required, otherwise can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| create_user_email&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  || admin@union.ac.uk || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Must be a valid email address, should be the email of the ADMIN who is performing the upload.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| email_address&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  || member1@union.ac.uk || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;One of two is Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; If no Univ_id is provided above, then the email address of user is mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| comittee_position || Captain || Name of committee position should match one set out in the groups committee screen, can be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| comittee_start_date || 31/08/2014 || &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[DD/MM/YYYY]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Date must match format shown though can be left blank, IF committee position is ALSO blank&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Group Admins File ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload Group Admins File.PNG|thumb|Upload Group Admins File Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/upload_files/upload_group_admins_file}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool isn&amp;#039;t used very frequently at all as many unions choose to add users to administrate a group manually via the manage groups tool within a Group (Club / Society), however if you need to assign a large number of users in bulk, such as after a round of elections, this tool can be very useful to stop you having to keep going through a repetitive task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please pay careful attention the mandatory fields in this table an asterisk (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;), indicates a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;mandatory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field, whilst a numbers sign (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) sometimes referred to as a hashtag, hash, pound, or octothorpe denotes that &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;one&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of the two fields &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;must be filled in, in this case &amp;#039;univ_id&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;institution_email&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Hiking Club || Format Requirement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| group_name&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || Hiking Club ||&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Open Text - Must match the name of a Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| univ_id&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 501 || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;One of two is Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;#039;Unique Student Identifier&amp;#039; this should match the details in the User Account Details for a student.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| forename || Emma || Open Text - Can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| surname || Watson || Open Text - Can be left blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| dob || 30/04/1983 ||  &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[DD/MM/YYYY]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Date must match format shown though can be left blank, IF committee position is ALSO blank&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| institution_email&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || Emma.watson@univ.ac.uk || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;One of two is Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; If you are unable to provide &amp;#039;univ_id&amp;#039; you will need to provide the institution_email for the student you wish to add to committee, if user must be a valid email address.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| membership_expiry_date&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 31/05/2020 ||&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[DD/MM/YYYY]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; Date must match format shown, and is mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload Course Rep File==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload Course Rep File.PNG|thumb|Upload Course Rep File Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/upload_files/upload_course_rep_file}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Upload Course Rep File, is used to populate the Course Rep data set on UnionCloud, these don&amp;#039;t map anything currently, however it will reference a user within UnionCloud, this is done by looking them up from the email address associated with their UnionCloud account. This data is then loaded when a site user utilizes the Course Rep Lookup tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This should ideally be updated at least once a year, most unions tend to hold their Course Rep elections around October/November&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Example !! Format Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| programme_id&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || PRG001 ||&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;#039;Prrogramme ID&amp;#039; these should match up with the information stored in the Programme Upload file, it is required, however doesn&amp;#039;t need to be unique, allowing you to associate multiple users with one course.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| position&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || Course Rep ||&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Open Text - This should be the title of the role, Course Rep, Department Rep, School Rep, this can be different for different users.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| start_date&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 01/01/2017 ||&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Required&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[DD/MM/YYYY]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; This format must be exactly as shown to the left. The date at which the user will be listed as a Course Rep from. If this is in the future, they won&amp;#039;t appear in the lookup tool, until it has passed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| end_date || 30/06/2017 ||&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[DD/MM/YYYY]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; This format must be exactly as shown to the left. The date at which the user will stop being listed as a course rep, this isn&amp;#039;t mandatory, and can be left blank, if so user will remain listed indefinitely. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| email || email@university.ac.uk || Must be a valid email address, this is used so that there is a reference to which student holds this role.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| contact_no || 01234567890 || Open Text - Although we&amp;#039;ve listed a phone number, this is open text and could be an email address or other type of contact information, it will be displayed to a student when they look up their Course Rep.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common File Upload Errors ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3031</id>
		<title>Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3031"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T12:38:52Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Permissions Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tabs for creating permission sets ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ and ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’  which will appear in blue, green and yellow boxes on the top of the page which is shown on the screenshot on the right-hand side. Depending on which Permission set you wish to create I will explain the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Union1.png|thumb|New Union Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-  The Union permission set is commonly used for the Administrators which then you can create permissions for users to have access to the website content. Firstly, you will need to give the permission set a name i.e. Staff Permission and enter a description. Both the name and description boxes are mandatory fields you must enter something in those boxes or it won’t create the permission set. Further down the page you will come across the permissions field this appears as a list of checkboxes and on the left-hand side a Colum listing each tab on UnionCloud, this is where you decide what this particular permission set should have access to. The Union permission set as you can see can give access to the entire dashboard if you wish it to, below &amp;#039;Permissions&amp;#039; under the description box there is a small checkbox which will pre-tick all the checkboxes for you if you wish to set that permission set to have access to the entire web content. This is shown on the Screenshot on the Right-hand side of how it would appear on the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group.png|thumb|New Group Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- The Group permission set as you can see only appears to have the group settings on the left-hand side with a list of checkboxes where you can again grant access to only the group’s section. You can see that the options are limited as this is designed just for the groups, you may also pick and choose which settings within the group&amp;#039;s section you wish to provide access to. This is commonly used for the group admins user, so they can maintain their club/society as and when they can. This is shown in the screenshot on the right-hand side on how this would appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event.png|thumb|New Event Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Events permission set again allows you to grant access to users who you wish to have control over the Events page/section from the backend, again the options are limited and only list the Events settings. you can decide what you want the users to have access to giving them that permission to maintain the page to host or promote any upcoming events. On the right-hand side is a screenshot of the Events permissions set of how it would appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These permissions sets are very useful and given in the wrong hands can be very dangerous in terms of the disruption of the website, however, the benefits to having permissions sets allow’s you to take some responsibilities off your staff and share them to support the website content and updating process and overall makes it easier. If you have any difficulty in setting up a permission set, you can always raise a ticket through Zendesk and someone will always be there to provide you with that support.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3030</id>
		<title>Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3030"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T12:36:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Permissions Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tabs for creating permission sets ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ and ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’  which will appear in blue, green and yellow boxes on the top of the page which is shown on the screenshot on the right-hand side. Depending on which Permission set you wish to create I will explain the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Union1.png|thumb|New Union Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-  The Union permission set is commonly used for the Administrators which then you can create permissions for users to have access to the website content. Firstly, you will need to give the permission set a name i.e. Staff Permission and enter a description both the name and description are mandatory fields you must enter something in those boxes or it won’t create the permission set. Further down the page you will come across the permissions field this appears as a list of checkboxes and on the left-hand side a Colum listing each tab on UnionCloud, this is where you decide what this particular permission set should have access to. The union permission set as you can see can give access to the entire dashboard if you wish it to below permissions under the description box there is a small checkbox which will pre-tick all the checkbox for you if you wish to set that permission set to have access to the entire web content. This is shown on the Screenshot on the Right-hand side of how it would appear on the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group.png|thumb|New Group Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- The Group permission set as you can see only appears to have the group settings on the left-hand side with a list of checkboxes where you can again grant access to only the group’s section. You can see that the options are limited as this is designed just for the groups, you may also pick and choose which settings within the group&amp;#039;s section you wish to provide access to. This is commonly used for the group admins user, so they can maintain their club/society as and when they can. This is shown in the screenshot on the right-hand side on how this would appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event.png|thumb|New Event Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Events permission set again allows you to grant access to users who you wish to have control over the Events page/section from the backend, again the options are limited and only list the Events settings. you can decide what you want the users to have access to giving them that permission to maintain the page to host or promote any upcoming events. On the right-hand side is a screenshot of the Events permissions set of how it would appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These permissions sets are very useful and given in the wrong hands can be very dangerous in terms of the disruption of the website, however, the benefits to having permissions sets allow’s you to take some responsibilities off your staff and share them to support the website content and updating process and overall makes it easier. If you have any difficulty in setting up a permission set, you can always raise a ticket through Zendesk and someone will always be there to provide you with that support.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3029</id>
		<title>Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3029"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T12:35:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Permissions Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tabs for creating permission sets ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ and ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’  which will appear in blue, green and yellow boxes on the top of the page which is shown on the screenshot on the right-hand side. Depending on which Permission set you wish to create I will explain the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Union1.png|thumb|New Union Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-  The Union permission set is commonly used for the staff which then you can create permissions for users to have access to the website content. Firstly, you will need to give the permission set a name i.e. Staff Permission and enter a description both the name and description are mandatory fields you must enter something in those boxes or it won’t create the permission set. Further down the page you will come across the permissions field this appears as a list of checkboxes and on the left-hand side a Colum listing each tab on UnionCloud, this is where you decide what this particular permission set should have access to. The union permission set as you can see can give access to the entire dashboard if you wish it to below permissions under the description box there is a small checkbox which will pre-tick all the checkbox for you if you wish to set that permission set to have access to the entire web content. This is shown on the Screenshot on the Right-hand side of how it would appear on the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group.png|thumb|New Group Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- The Group permission set as you can see only appears to have the group settings on the left-hand side with a list of checkboxes where you can again grant access to only the group’s section. You can see that the options are limited as this is designed just for the groups, you may also pick and choose which settings within the group&amp;#039;s section you wish to provide access to. This is commonly used for the group admins user, so they can maintain their club/society as and when they can. This is shown in the screenshot on the right-hand side on how this would appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event.png|thumb|New Event Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Events permission set again allows you to grant access to users who you wish to have control over the Events page/section from the backend, again the options are limited and only list the Events settings. you can decide what you want the users to have access to giving them that permission to maintain the page to host or promote any upcoming events. On the right-hand side is a screenshot of the Events permissions set of how it would appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These permissions sets are very useful and given in the wrong hands can be very dangerous in terms of the disruption of the website, however, the benefits to having permissions sets allow’s you to take some responsibilities off your staff and share them to support the website content and updating process and overall makes it easier. If you have any difficulty in setting up a permission set, you can always raise a ticket through Zendesk and someone will always be there to provide you with that support.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3028</id>
		<title>Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3028"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T12:35:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Permissions Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tabs for creating permission sets ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’  which will appear in blue, green and yellow boxes on the top of the page which is shown on the screenshot on the right-hand side. Depending on which Permission set you wish to create I will explain the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Union1.png|thumb|New Union Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-  The Union permission set is commonly used for the staff which then you can create permissions for users to have access to the website content. Firstly, you will need to give the permission set a name i.e. Staff Permission and enter a description both the name and description are mandatory fields you must enter something in those boxes or it won’t create the permission set. Further down the page you will come across the permissions field this appears as a list of checkboxes and on the left-hand side a Colum listing each tab on UnionCloud, this is where you decide what this particular permission set should have access to. The union permission set as you can see can give access to the entire dashboard if you wish it to below permissions under the description box there is a small checkbox which will pre-tick all the checkbox for you if you wish to set that permission set to have access to the entire web content. This is shown on the Screenshot on the Right-hand side of how it would appear on the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group.png|thumb|New Group Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- The Group permission set as you can see only appears to have the group settings on the left-hand side with a list of checkboxes where you can again grant access to only the group’s section. You can see that the options are limited as this is designed just for the groups, you may also pick and choose which settings within the group&amp;#039;s section you wish to provide access to. This is commonly used for the group admins user, so they can maintain their club/society as and when they can. This is shown in the screenshot on the right-hand side on how this would appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event.png|thumb|New Event Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Events permission set again allows you to grant access to users who you wish to have control over the Events page/section from the backend, again the options are limited and only list the Events settings. you can decide what you want the users to have access to giving them that permission to maintain the page to host or promote any upcoming events. On the right-hand side is a screenshot of the Events permissions set of how it would appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These permissions sets are very useful and given in the wrong hands can be very dangerous in terms of the disruption of the website, however, the benefits to having permissions sets allow’s you to take some responsibilities off your staff and share them to support the website content and updating process and overall makes it easier. If you have any difficulty in setting up a permission set, you can always raise a ticket through Zendesk and someone will always be there to provide you with that support.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Setup&amp;diff=3027</id>
		<title>Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Setup&amp;diff=3027"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T11:53:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Permissions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Due to the depth that each of these sections can cover, and the fact that some of these have sub-pages even further still, we will use this screen only to provide a summary of what each one is for, and by clicking the heading you will be taken to a page with content specific to each setup item.&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Setup - Groups]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group Types.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup - Groups Settings.]]&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains all of the Settings for Groups within UnionCloud, it includes but is not limited to;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Updated Group Types&lt;br /&gt;
*Updating Group Categories&lt;br /&gt;
*Setting Global Membership Expiry Dates&lt;br /&gt;
*Toggling visibility of Deactivated groups&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Group Settings, click [[Setup - Groups|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Registration]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Registration.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup Registration Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator you can use this section to set a number of options related to users registration on your UnionCloud site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Accepted Emails&lt;br /&gt;
*University ID Setup&lt;br /&gt;
*Registration and Access&lt;br /&gt;
*Library Card Regex&lt;br /&gt;
*Support Details&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Registration Settings, click [[Registration|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Questionnaire]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Questionnaire.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup Questionnaire Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator you can use this section to configure the questions you ask students at the point of registration, many unions will use this section to set up demographic surveys, or to gather extra information about students which they can use to target them.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Questionnaire Settings, click [[Questionnaire|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Setup - Event|Events]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Events.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup Events Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator you can use this section to configure Global Settings related to Events on UnionCloud, such as the default max number of tickets a user can purchase.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It&amp;#039;s broken down into two sections;&lt;br /&gt;
*Events&lt;br /&gt;
*Event Types&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Event Settings, click [[Setup - Event|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Emails]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Email Users.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup Emails Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator you can will use this section to configure the Email Address&amp;#039; to be used by UnionCloud.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are broken down into to distinct categories;&lt;br /&gt;
*Sender Emails - Email addresses you wish to send Campaigns / Automated emails from&lt;br /&gt;
*Receiver Emails - Email addresses you wish to have automated messages sent to when certain triggers occur.&lt;br /&gt;
You can have more than one of each of these, and they can be set for different aspects, for example you could set up a new Sender as Elections@institution.ac.uk which solely sent emails to users who had registering in an election, confirming they had submitted a Nomination.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Email Settings, click [[Emails|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Messages|Messages and Emails]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Messages and Emails.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup Messages and Emails screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator you can will use this section to configure three types of content.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly you can use it to configure many of the default warnings, information, notifications and help text boxes around the UnionCloud site, so that they are both relevant to your Users, but also written in a tone that matches your Union style.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly you can use it to configure the text of a number of the system generated emails sent out by UnionCloud, such as Group / Ticket Purchase Confirmations, Election Notifications etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, you can also utilize this section to configure which social media plugin you wish to use across the platform, by default we setup [http://www.addthis.com/ AddThis] for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Messages and Emails, click [[Messages|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Advertisements]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Advertisements.PNG|thumb|200px|The Setup - Advertisements Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
An administrator can use this section to assign preset spaces on the Articles, and Articles Index pages to display &amp;#039;Advertisemnts&amp;#039;, there are three spaces available, with two different sets of dimensions. These are HTML Spaces, and as such aren&amp;#039;t limited to displaying static images. Equally they don&amp;#039;t just have to be advertisements, whatever you put in the space can link through to other relevant or timely content.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Advertisements, click [[Advertisements|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Developers]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Developers.PNG|thumb|200px|The Developers screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
An administrator can use this section to set new Developers, some of our more advanced users, particularly if you have the skills to do some development work in house will need to use this section when they want to give apps / third parties access to UnionCloud API&amp;#039;s on their site.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Profile Updates, click [[Profile Updates|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Profile Updates]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Profile Updates.PNG|thumb|200px|The Profile Updates screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
An administrator can use this section to set which elements of a profile users are allowed to update or not.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Profile Updates, click [[Profile Updates|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[CMS]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Finance]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Nominal Code]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Job Shop]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Social Media]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Social media.png|thumb|Admin/Setup/Social media]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to apply social media plug-in’s to your website, you can select the relevant plug-in either Twitter or Facebook or you can have both which then will require you to log-in to your social media profile and this will allow you to link your social media to the website. This would automatically update your social media saving you time having to post information or messages out to your audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[EVoting]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[RSS Feeds]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tribes==&lt;br /&gt;
For a later release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Permissions]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Admin/setup/Permissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to create permission sets which then can be assigned to the user groups. This gives you control over who you would like to have access to areas on the platform. For example, you can create a permission set for group administrators giving them access to only the backend of their club/society page to manage and run their group.  When creating a new permission set there are three types which are the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-  This option gives accesses to everything on the dashboard, this is usually assigned to staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- This option gives access to the group page of the dashboard, so group admins can manage their club/society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- This option gives access to managing the events side of things where you can assign a permission set to a user/ &lt;br /&gt;
admin to update upcoming events. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have selected a type you will see a number of checkboxes allowing you to select what you want users to have access to in that permission type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
click here for more on [http://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions Permission set&amp;#039;s]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Programmes]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:US2706.PNG|thumb|200px|Setting Restriction for Single or Multiple programme memberships]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiple Programme Management===&lt;br /&gt;
Previously a user was by default able to store multiple programme memberships, UnionCloud was designed this way to cater to Universities where students Study Joint Honors and are added to multiple programme codes, and also to cater to colleges where a user is likely to have multiple different courses. An outcome of this was that if an institution sent an updated Student upload file, which included a new Course, say for example a student has changed course, it doesn&amp;#039;t instinctively remove the user from the previous course. If an institution wished to end a users programme membership, they needed to update to expire it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This caused problems as not all institutions sent data to expire users. As a solution we have added an option to Setup which allows Unions to restrict program membership to one program per user, meaning if this option is selected and a user is uploaded with a new programme membership, it will auto expire their previous one and replace it with this one. It can be found at &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/unions/programmes_configuration}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Or Dashboard &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Admin &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Setup &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Programmes&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Setup&amp;diff=3026</id>
		<title>Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Setup&amp;diff=3026"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T11:51:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Permissions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Due to the depth that each of these sections can cover, and the fact that some of these have sub-pages even further still, we will use this screen only to provide a summary of what each one is for, and by clicking the heading you will be taken to a page with content specific to each setup item.&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Setup - Groups]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group Types.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup - Groups Settings.]]&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains all of the Settings for Groups within UnionCloud, it includes but is not limited to;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Updated Group Types&lt;br /&gt;
*Updating Group Categories&lt;br /&gt;
*Setting Global Membership Expiry Dates&lt;br /&gt;
*Toggling visibility of Deactivated groups&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Group Settings, click [[Setup - Groups|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Registration]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Registration.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup Registration Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator you can use this section to set a number of options related to users registration on your UnionCloud site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Accepted Emails&lt;br /&gt;
*University ID Setup&lt;br /&gt;
*Registration and Access&lt;br /&gt;
*Library Card Regex&lt;br /&gt;
*Support Details&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Registration Settings, click [[Registration|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Questionnaire]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Questionnaire.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup Questionnaire Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator you can use this section to configure the questions you ask students at the point of registration, many unions will use this section to set up demographic surveys, or to gather extra information about students which they can use to target them.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Questionnaire Settings, click [[Questionnaire|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Setup - Event|Events]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Events.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup Events Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator you can use this section to configure Global Settings related to Events on UnionCloud, such as the default max number of tickets a user can purchase.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It&amp;#039;s broken down into two sections;&lt;br /&gt;
*Events&lt;br /&gt;
*Event Types&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Event Settings, click [[Setup - Event|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Emails]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Email Users.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup Emails Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator you can will use this section to configure the Email Address&amp;#039; to be used by UnionCloud.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are broken down into to distinct categories;&lt;br /&gt;
*Sender Emails - Email addresses you wish to send Campaigns / Automated emails from&lt;br /&gt;
*Receiver Emails - Email addresses you wish to have automated messages sent to when certain triggers occur.&lt;br /&gt;
You can have more than one of each of these, and they can be set for different aspects, for example you could set up a new Sender as Elections@institution.ac.uk which solely sent emails to users who had registering in an election, confirming they had submitted a Nomination.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Email Settings, click [[Emails|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Messages|Messages and Emails]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Messages and Emails.PNG|thumb|200px|Setup Messages and Emails screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator you can will use this section to configure three types of content.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly you can use it to configure many of the default warnings, information, notifications and help text boxes around the UnionCloud site, so that they are both relevant to your Users, but also written in a tone that matches your Union style.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly you can use it to configure the text of a number of the system generated emails sent out by UnionCloud, such as Group / Ticket Purchase Confirmations, Election Notifications etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, you can also utilize this section to configure which social media plugin you wish to use across the platform, by default we setup [http://www.addthis.com/ AddThis] for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Messages and Emails, click [[Messages|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Advertisements]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Advertisements.PNG|thumb|200px|The Setup - Advertisements Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
An administrator can use this section to assign preset spaces on the Articles, and Articles Index pages to display &amp;#039;Advertisemnts&amp;#039;, there are three spaces available, with two different sets of dimensions. These are HTML Spaces, and as such aren&amp;#039;t limited to displaying static images. Equally they don&amp;#039;t just have to be advertisements, whatever you put in the space can link through to other relevant or timely content.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Advertisements, click [[Advertisements|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Developers]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setup - Developers.PNG|thumb|200px|The Developers screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
An administrator can use this section to set new Developers, some of our more advanced users, particularly if you have the skills to do some development work in house will need to use this section when they want to give apps / third parties access to UnionCloud API&amp;#039;s on their site.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Profile Updates, click [[Profile Updates|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Profile Updates]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Profile Updates.PNG|thumb|200px|The Profile Updates screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
An administrator can use this section to set which elements of a profile users are allowed to update or not.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For the full page on Profile Updates, click [[Profile Updates|here]].&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[CMS]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Finance]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Nominal Code]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Job Shop]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Social Media]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Social media.png|thumb|Admin/Setup/Social media]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to apply social media plug-in’s to your website, you can select the relevant plug-in either Twitter or Facebook or you can have both which then will require you to log-in to your social media profile and this will allow you to link your social media to the website. This would automatically update your social media saving you time having to post information or messages out to your audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[EVoting]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[RSS Feeds]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tribes==&lt;br /&gt;
For a later release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Permissions]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Admin/setup/Permissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows you to create permission sets which then can be assigned to the user groups. This gives you control over who you would like to have access to areas on the platform. For example, you can create a permission set for group administrators giving them access to only the backend of their club/society page to manage and run their group.  When creating a new permission set there are three types which are the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-  This option gives accesses to everything on the dashboard, this is usually assigned to staff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- This option gives access to the group page of the dashboard, so group admins can manage their club/society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- This option gives access to managing the events side of things where you can assign a permission set to a user/ &lt;br /&gt;
admin to update upcoming events. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have selected a type you will see a number of checkboxes allowing you to select what you want users to have access to in that permission type.&lt;br /&gt;
click here for more on [[Permission sets|Permissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Programmes]]==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:US2706.PNG|thumb|200px|Setting Restriction for Single or Multiple programme memberships]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiple Programme Management===&lt;br /&gt;
Previously a user was by default able to store multiple programme memberships, UnionCloud was designed this way to cater to Universities where students Study Joint Honors and are added to multiple programme codes, and also to cater to colleges where a user is likely to have multiple different courses. An outcome of this was that if an institution sent an updated Student upload file, which included a new Course, say for example a student has changed course, it doesn&amp;#039;t instinctively remove the user from the previous course. If an institution wished to end a users programme membership, they needed to update to expire it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This caused problems as not all institutions sent data to expire users. As a solution we have added an option to Setup which allows Unions to restrict program membership to one program per user, meaning if this option is selected and a user is uploaded with a new programme membership, it will auto expire their previous one and replace it with this one. It can be found at &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/unions/programmes_configuration}}&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Or Dashboard &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Admin &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Setup &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Programmes&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3025</id>
		<title>Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3025"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T11:22:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Permissions Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tabs for creating permissions ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’  which will appear in blue, green and yellow boxes on the top of the page which is shown on the screenshot on the right-hand side. Depending on which Permission set you wish to create I will explain the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Union1.png|thumb|New Union Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-  The Union permission set is commonly used for the staff which then you can create permissions for users to have access to the website content. Firstly, you will need to give the permission set a name i.e. Staff Permission and enter a description both the name and description are mandatory fields you must enter something in those boxes or it won’t create the permission set. Further down the page you will come across the permissions field this appears as a list of checkboxes and on the left-hand side a Colum listing each tab on UnionCloud, this is where you decide what this particular permission set should have access to. The union permission set as you can see can give access to the entire dashboard if you wish it to below permissions under the description box there is a small checkbox which will pre-tick all the checkbox for you if you wish to set that permission set to have access to the entire web content. This is shown on the Screenshot on the Right-hand side of how it would appear on the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group.png|thumb|New Group Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- The Group permission set as you can see only appears to have the group settings on the left-hand side with a list of checkboxes where you can again grant access to only the group’s section. You can see that the options are limited as this is designed just for the groups, you may also pick and choose which settings within the group&amp;#039;s section you wish to provide access to. This is commonly used for the group admins user, so they can maintain their club/society as and when they can. This is shown in the screenshot on the right-hand side on how this would appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event.png|thumb|New Event Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Events permission set again allows you to grant access to users who you wish to have control over the Events page/section from the backend, again the options are limited and only list the Events settings. you can decide what you want the users to have access to giving them that permission to maintain the page to host or promote any upcoming events. On the right-hand side is a screenshot of the Events permissions set of how it would appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These permissions sets are very useful and given in the wrong hands can be very dangerous in terms of the disruption of the website, however, the benefits to having permissions sets allow’s you to take some responsibilities off your staff and share them to support the website content and updating process and overall makes it easier. If you have any difficulty in setting up a permission set, you can always raise a ticket through Zendesk and someone will always be there to provide you with that support.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3024</id>
		<title>Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3024"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T10:59:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Permissions Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tabs for creating permissions ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’  which will appear in blue, green and yellow boxes on the top of the page which is shown on the screenshot on the right-hand side. Depending on which Permission set you wish to create I will explain the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Union1.png|thumb|New Union Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-  The Union permission set is commonly used for the staff which then you can create permissions for users to have access to the website content. Firstly, you will need to give the permission set a name i.e. Staff Permission and enter a description both the name and description are mandatory fields you must enter something in those boxes or it won’t create the permission set. Further down the page you will come across the permissions field this appears as a list of checkboxes and on the left-hand side a Colum listing each tab on UnionCloud, this is where you decide what this particular permission set should have access to. The union permission set as you can see can give access to the entire dashboard if you wish it to below permissions under the description box there is a small checkbox which will pre-tick all the checkbox for you if you wish to set that permission set to have access to the entire web content. This is shown on the Screenshot on the Right-hand side of how it would appear on the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group.png|thumb|New Group Permission set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- The Group permission set as you can see only appears to have the group settings on the left-hand side with a list of checkboxes where you can again grant access to only the group’s section. You can see that the options are limited as thisd is designed just for the groups, you may also pick and choose which settings within the groups section you wish to provide access to. This is commonly used for the group admins user, so they can maintain their club/society as and when they can. This is shown on the screenshot on the right-hand side on how this would appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event.png|thumb|New Event Permission set]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Event.png&amp;diff=3023</id>
		<title>File:Event.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Event.png&amp;diff=3023"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T10:58:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;image content&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Group.png&amp;diff=3022</id>
		<title>File:Group.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Group.png&amp;diff=3022"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T10:48:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;image content&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3021</id>
		<title>Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3021"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T10:39:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Permissions Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tabs for creating permissions ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’  which will appear in blue, green and yellow boxes on the top of the page which is shown on the screenshot on the left-hand side. Depending on which Permission set you wish to create I will explain the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Union1.png|thumb|New Union Permissions set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-  The Union permission set is commonly used for the staff which then you can create permissions for users to have access to the website content. Firstly, you will need to give the permission set a name i.e. Staff Permission and enter a description both the name and description are mandatory fields you must enter something in those boxes or it won’t create the permission set. Further down the page you will come across the permissions field this appears as a list of checkboxes and on the left-hand side a Colum listing each tab on UnionCloud, this is where you decide what this particular permission set should have access to. The union permission set as you can see can give access to the entire dashboard if you wish it to below permissions under the description box there is a small checkbox which will pre-tick all the checkbox for you if you wish to set that permission set to have access to the entire web content. This is shown on the Screenshot on the left-hand side of how it would appear on the backend.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Union1.png&amp;diff=3020</id>
		<title>File:Union1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Union1.png&amp;diff=3020"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T10:35:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;image content&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3019</id>
		<title>Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3019"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T10:30:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Permissions Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tabs for creating permissions ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’  which will appear in blue, green and yellow boxes on the top of the page which is shown on the screenshot on the left-hand side. Depending on which Permission set you wish to create I will explain the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-  The Union permission set is commonly used for the staff which then you can create permissions for users to have access to the website content. Firstly, you will need to give the permission set a name i.e. Staff Permission and enter a description both the name and description are mandatory fields you must enter something in those boxes or it won’t create the permission set. Further down the page you will come across the permissions field this appears as a list of checkboxes and on the left-hand side a Colum listing each tab on UnionCloud, this is where you decide what this particular permission set should have access to. The union permission set as you can see can give access to the entire dashboard if you wish it to below permissions under the description box there is a small checkbox which will pre-tick all the checkbox for you if you wish to set that permission set to have access to the entire web content.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3018</id>
		<title>Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3018"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T10:14:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Permissions Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
There are three tabs for creating permissions ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Union Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Group Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’ ‘&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Event Permission set&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;’  which will appear in blue, green and yellow boxes on the top of the page which is shown on the screenshot on the left-hand side. Depending on which Permission set you wish to create I will explain the following:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3016</id>
		<title>Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3016"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T10:13:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Permissions.png|thumb|Permissions Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3015</id>
		<title>Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permissions&amp;diff=3015"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T10:06:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: update content&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permission_Set&amp;diff=3013</id>
		<title>Permission Set</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permission_Set&amp;diff=3013"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T10:05:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Creating Permission Set&amp;#039;s */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Creating Permission Set&amp;#039;s==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permission_Set&amp;diff=3010</id>
		<title>Permission Set</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permission_Set&amp;diff=3010"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T09:55:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: update&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Creating Permission Set&amp;#039;s==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note| When creating permission set’s, you need to ensure you are creating them for the right user-groups, and when assigning a permission set always double check that you are giving the right permission to the users as you may not want everyone having access to the entire dashboard which could then affect the website.}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permission_Set&amp;diff=3004</id>
		<title>Permission Set</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permission_Set&amp;diff=3004"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T09:05:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Permission Set&amp;#039;s */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Creating Permission Set&amp;#039;s==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permission_Set&amp;diff=3003</id>
		<title>Permission Set</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=Permission_Set&amp;diff=3003"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T09:05:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: permission sets&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Permission Set&amp;#039;s==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Groups_%26_Permissions&amp;diff=3002</id>
		<title>User Groups &amp; Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Groups_%26_Permissions&amp;diff=3002"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T09:03:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Union.png|thumb|Sample view of User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions page]]&lt;br /&gt;
The User Groups and permissions screen, is one of the most commonly used screens for Union Administrators. It contains all of the default permission groups created by Union Cloud on your behalf, the groups students are placed into by default. It also stores the sub sections for viewing group (Club &amp;amp; Society) membership groups (Administrators, Current, Alumni etc.), Events group lists, halls group lists, programme names, and their membership counts, demographic groups, and importantly &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom groups&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the reasons for it&amp;#039;s heavy use is, that it is the easiest way to control which users have access to what, once you have your [[Permission Set|Permission Sets]] sorted and applied to a user group, as we explain further down, all you need to do is add a user to that group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Union==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups}}&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Union&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Sub Menu,&lt;br /&gt;
hese groups here are some of the most important, and also the groups that users will be placed into automatically upon registration / upload / expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
===Default User Groups Breakdown===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ style=&amp;quot;caption-side:bottom; color:black;&amp;quot;|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Those highlighted in blue will only appear if you have University Email selected, or the Volunteering Module included in your package&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot;| Name &lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot;| Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Activated Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is empty by default, and you can&amp;#039;t upload users to it, Confirmed Students, move to this group, after logging in for the first time.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;|  Administrator&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the Default Union Administrator group, who have permissions to manage all website content.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Alumni&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is empty by default, but once a users course date expires, they move &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;out&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of Confirmed Students, and into Alumni.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Confirmed Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by data upload, and is the group of students that you are confirming you &amp;#039;&amp;#039;know&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are students, this can then be used for elections etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by all users who register with the domain you set for your institution (usually x-universitycollege.ac.uk) plus anyone in the &amp;#039;Confirmed Students&amp;#039; Usergroup.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Deleted Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is for users that have requested to be removed from the system, it excludes them from all comms, records, reports etc. They remain in this group as  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;there is still content linked totheir accounts from previous purchases and the like, in case this ever needs reporting on. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Non Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by anybody that registers with a non-university email address and can&amp;#039;t confirm they are a student.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Staff&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a list to help you differentiate Staff from General users, you can manually upload to this group via CSV, for example to give staff access to more content &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;than regular site users, i.e. if you have staff sections / documents / hr etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Students Waiting for&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; University Email Access&lt;br /&gt;
| If you have checked the box indicating registration has to be done via university email address, and a user indicates they don&amp;#039;t have access to it pre-arrival, they &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;will be added to this list, allowing them to register with a personal email address also, and merge their accounts once they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Volunteering Organisations&lt;br /&gt;
| If you have the [[Volunteering Module]] included in your package, you will have this option, when new Volunteering Organisations register, to list opportunities, they&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; a Volunteering Administrator will need to approve them in the Volunteering Dashboard, then they will be added to this group, and be given permissions to manage Volunteering Opportunities.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Volunteering Students&lt;br /&gt;
| Any student who has signed up to the Volunteering module will be added to this group, as it is confirming the group of students who have registered their interest to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;volunteer, and listed the areas they are interested in / skills they have.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Features within Union subsection===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:User Group Overview.PNG|center|frame|A simple overview of the first two rows of the table in the Union sub-section, of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Menu.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Show Count====&lt;br /&gt;
Previously you may remember this used to show the number of members in each screen by default, this meant that it performed a count function for a large number of groups in some cases, every time a page like this loaded, which caused larger burdens on the server, so to improve page load times this feature was removed and replaced with the line of text in blue, which on click performs a count for the group in question.&lt;br /&gt;
====View User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View User Group.PNG|thumb|View User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
This screen gives you an overview of an individual User Group, at the top you can see the title of the group you are in, highlighted with a blue font.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Adding New Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
::#Manually&lt;br /&gt;
:::You can add users manually using the three boxes under the group title, the method is as follows;&lt;br /&gt;
::::*From the drop down list, choose a group you know the user is already a member of&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Search for the user by their name, it will return to you close matches, and Dates of Birth to allow you to check you have the right person&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Choose a membership expiry date for the user, this should be a year or so, and checked regularly to ensure there are no dormant accounts with permissions they shouldn&amp;#039;t have.&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Select the &amp;#039;Add members&amp;#039; button to finish the process.&lt;br /&gt;
::#CSV Upload&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same as in the [[#User Group Member Upload]] section below, there are just two places you can select this option.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Filter / Sort Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter-Sort.PNG|thumb|Image showing how the Filter / Sort menu bar looks after choosing the filter option]]&lt;br /&gt;
The header row of the table, with the darker grey background is of much use, particularly when you are dealing with groups containing thousands, or even tens of thousands of users. You can both filter and sort any users in this table, and it also allows you to filter by multiple fields, and use part matches.&lt;br /&gt;
You can click any of the Column headings to sort (ID, University ID, Forename, Surname, DOB, Email Membership Expiry Date), primarily it will sort (A-Z) in field which can contain strings, and (0-9) in a field that contains numeric values, however if you click the heading a second time, it will filter this to the reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With regards to filtering, this works almost the same, to make the filter section appear, all you need to do is click the small cocktail glass looking symbol in the far right hand column, and it will reveal the menu as pictured to the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter by any of the same fields as outlined above, with the exception of Membership Expiry Date, and the only filter that works differently is Date of Birth, this filter gives you two calendar options, Start and End, which will return all user whose DoB falls within the range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there are two buttons below the filter button, one to reset your filters, and another to apply the filters you have just typed in the fields, alternatively you can press return on the keyboard to update.&lt;br /&gt;
{{note| Remember, you can use multiple filters AND sort in conjunction with each other, particularly useful if you are looking for someone with a common name!|reminder}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit Expiry 2.PNG|thumb|Edit user expiry date from a group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit a Users Expiry Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Editing a users Expiry date is a fairly straight forward function, it just requires the user to click the Edit button({{edit}}), in the far right hand column, this will take you to the screen pictured in the thumbnail to the right where you can use the calendar to pick a new expiry date for the user, and then simply click the &amp;#039;Edit Expiry Date&amp;#039; button, and you&amp;#039;re done!&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Feedback&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Currently we have on the feedback log, a request for users to be able to instantly remove users from particular user groups, as the current method is to set their expiry to the next working day.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit button{{edit}} at the bottom of this page takes you to the same page as the edit button before you click into a specific user group, and we will cover that below or you can click [[#Edit User Group|here]] to skip to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any particular group, a screenshot is provided on the right for your convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download Demographics&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking the Download Demographics button, a timing icon will appear in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Downloads&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section at the bottom of the page, this usually takes a few seconds, but under peak times and heavy usage could take up to a minute or so, for the site to gather the data, and present you with a PDF to download, this is a short 2 page document containing the Demographic data for all members within the group you are currently managing.&lt;br /&gt;
We will cover the content of the [[Demographics Report]] in another section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download CSV&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The final option within the View Usergroup screen is to Download a CSV of the group members, this downloads data on all of the users in the current group you are managing, in CSV Format, the data also matches the format used in the Student Upload file, so you will be getting Nationality, CourseID, StudentID, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit User Group.PNG|thumb|Screenshot of the Edit User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit page is where it gives you the options to;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename&lt;br /&gt;
# Update Description For&lt;br /&gt;
# Change [[Permission Set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[CSV Upload|User Group Member Upload]]====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UserGroup CSVUpload.PNG|thumb|User Group Member Upload Pop-Up]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Before we begin talking through this section, if you click on the title to this section &amp;#039;User Group Member Upload&amp;#039; it will take you to a page were we talk through CSV Uploads in slightly more detail.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
It doesn&amp;#039;t matter which method you use to select the User Group Member Upload Option, the small CSV Upload button({{CSV}}) on the right hand side of the &amp;#039;User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions&amp;#039; screen, or the View User Group Option, which you get to by selecting the View button({{view}}) on the right hand side next to any of the user groups, to get the more detailed view for a particular user group, and a list of it&amp;#039;s current members, then there is a large, &amp;#039;Upload Members&amp;#039; Button on the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the pop up appears you are presented with a number of options.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choose File&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, to upload a CSV&lt;br /&gt;
*A Checkbox to add users for e-voting&lt;br /&gt;
*An icon to the right to &amp;#039;Download Sample CSV Template&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*And two notifications, which we will clarify here;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&amp;#039;Email and Expiry Date can&amp;#039;t be blank&amp;#039; (For e-voting users forename and surname are also mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date of Birth&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are the required fields that Union Cloud uses to find a user in the database and add them to the correct user group&lt;br /&gt;
:*&amp;#039;File processing is a scheduled background activity.&lt;br /&gt;
:::All files you upload will be processed at midnight local time, this is because processing large quantities of database puts an increased load on the server and to do it at peak time would cause an increase in page load times, and a poorer experience for all members. Please bear this in mind when you need to upload Member files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Groups==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Groups-usergroups.png|thumb|This screen, is the overview screen for all of your &amp;#039;Group&amp;#039; User Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/groups}}&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Union&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Sub Menu,&lt;br /&gt;
These groups here are some of the most important, and also the groups that users will be placed into automatically upon sign-up / upload / expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Group User Groups Breakdown===&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the caption, this screen is the overview screen for all of the &amp;#039;Group&amp;#039; User Groups. That is to say, it will show all of the different User Groups, from all of your Clubs, Societies, Sports, Charity groups etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Every new student group when they are created, via the [[Groups Module]], have three User Groups created for them by default;&lt;br /&gt;
*Administrators&lt;br /&gt;
*Current Members&lt;br /&gt;
*Alumni&lt;br /&gt;
Though, Administrators, and group Union staff are able to add more.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason that three group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Group Name !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Administrator || If Assigned a Group Manager, permission set, when added to this group, students can manager their own clubs &amp;amp; societies!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Current Members || All users that purchase membership to a group, are by default added to this group for the duration membership was set for.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Alumni || Once your purchased membership to a group expires, you are added to a groups Alumni group, meaning groups can contact you to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;remind you renew your membership, or send out newsletters to former members and such.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Features Withing Groups Subsection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Show Count====&lt;br /&gt;
Previously you may remember this used to show the number of members in each screen by default, this meant that it performed a count function for a large number of groups in some cases, every time a page like this loaded, which caused larger burdens on the server, so to improve page load times this feature was removed and replaced with the line of text in blue, which on click performs a count for the group in question.&lt;br /&gt;
====View User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group - User Group View.PNG|thumb|View a specific Group, User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
This screen gives you an overview of an individual User Group, at the top you can see the title of the group you are in, highlighted with a blue font.&lt;br /&gt;
You May notice on the screenshot, that this user group doesn&amp;#039;t include the Upload / Manually add students options that were present on the &amp;#039;Union&amp;#039; User Groups screen, that is because it is the &amp;#039;Current Members&amp;#039; group for a club or a society. All &amp;#039;Current Members&amp;#039; have to be added to the group, my joining / purchasing membership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Filter / Sort Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter-Sort.PNG|thumb|Image showing how the Filter / Sort menu bar looks after choosing the filter option]]&lt;br /&gt;
The header row of the table, with the darker grey background is of much use, particularly when you are dealing with groups containing thousands, or even tens of thousands of users. You can both filter and sort any users in this table, and it also allows you to filter by multiple fields, and use part matches.&lt;br /&gt;
You can click any of the Column headings to sort (ID, University ID, Forename, Surname, DOB, Email Membership Expiry Date), primarily it will sort (A-Z) in field which can contain strings, and (0-9) in a field that contains numeric values, however if you click the heading a second time, it will filter this to the reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With regards to filtering, this works almost the same, to make the filter section appear, all you need to do is click the small cocktail glass looking symbol in the far right hand column, and it will reveal the menu as pictured to the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter by any of the same fields as outlined above, with the exception of Membership Expiry Date, and the only filter that works differently is Date of Birth, this filter gives you two calendar options, Start and End, which will return all user whose DoB falls within the range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there are two buttons below the filter button, one to reset your filters, and another to apply the filters you have just typed in the fields, alternatively you can press return on the keyboard to update.&lt;br /&gt;
{{note| Remember, you can use multiple filters AND sort in conjunction with each other, particularly useful if you are looking for someone with a common name!|reminder}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit Expiry 2.PNG|thumb|Edit user expiry date from a group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit a Users Expiry Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Editing a users Expiry date is a fairly straight forward function, it just requires the user to click the Edit button({{edit}}), in the far right hand column, this will take you to the screen pictured in the thumbnail to the right where you can use the calendar to pick a new expiry date for the user, and then simply click the &amp;#039;Edit Expiry Date&amp;#039; button, and you&amp;#039;re done!&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Feedback&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Currently we have on the feedback log, a request for users to be able to instantly remove users from particular user groups, as the current method is to set their expiry to the next working day.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit button{{edit}} at the bottom of this page takes you to the same page as the edit button before you click into a specific user group, to skip to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download Demographics&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking the Download Demographics button, a timing icon will appear in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Downloads&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section at the bottom of the page, this usually takes a few seconds, but under peak times and heavy usage could take up to a minute or so, for the site to gather the data, and present you with a PDF to download, this is a short 2 page document containing the Demographic data for all members within the group you are currently managing.&lt;br /&gt;
We will cover the content of the [[Demographics Report]] in another section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit Group User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit page is where it gives you the options to;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename&lt;br /&gt;
# Update Description For&lt;br /&gt;
# Change [[Permission Set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Events==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Events.png|thumb|Events User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/events}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Halls==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Halls_UserGroups.PNG|thumb|Halls of Residence User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/hall_of_residences}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Programme==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Programme.png|thumb|Programme User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/programs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Questionnaire==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Demographics_UserGroups.PNG|thumb|Demographics User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/questions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Custom==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Customtree.png|thumb|Custom User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/custom_tree}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dynamic==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Usergroups1.png|thumb|Admin/Usergroups/custom/dynamic]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/dynamic_tree}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Usergroups.png|thumb|Filter settings-Dynamic usergroups]]&lt;br /&gt;
On the dynamic user group this allows you to filter through individuals on the platform if you select ‘add user group’ a filter will appear. This allows you gather more information or find a user for example students who have not yet voted for upcoming elections. All you need to do is drag and drop the filters into the box and it will create a user-group containing the users you would like to reach out to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This would be useful for when there is a current election and you want to get people to vote. You can use this filter to create a user-group to target users who have yet not voted and sending an email prompting them to vote. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;index&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen is the overall list of all the custom user groups on the UnionCloud platform, you can use this to your advantage to search, filter and find any custom user groups you are able to edit existing user groups by clicking the setting cog on the right-hand side.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Union.png&amp;diff=3001</id>
		<title>File:Union.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Union.png&amp;diff=3001"/>
				<updated>2018-05-09T09:00:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;updated version of &amp;#039;union&amp;#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Groups_%26_Permissions&amp;diff=2995</id>
		<title>User Groups &amp; Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Groups_%26_Permissions&amp;diff=2995"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T16:09:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Groups */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:User groups and permissions.PNG|thumb|Sample view of User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions page]]&lt;br /&gt;
The User Groups and permissions screen, is one of the most commonly used screens for Union Administrators. It contains all of the default permission groups created by Union Cloud on your behalf, the groups students are placed into by default. It also stores the sub sections for viewing group (Club &amp;amp; Society) membership groups (Administrators, Current, Alumni etc.), Events group lists, halls group lists, programme names, and their membership counts, demographic groups, and importantly &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom groups&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the reasons for it&amp;#039;s heavy use is, that it is the easiest way to control which users have access to what, once you have your [[Permission Set|Permission Sets]] sorted and applied to a user group, as we explain further down, all you need to do is add a user to that group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Union==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups}}&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Union&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Sub Menu,&lt;br /&gt;
hese groups here are some of the most important, and also the groups that users will be placed into automatically upon registration / upload / expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
===Default User Groups Breakdown===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ style=&amp;quot;caption-side:bottom; color:black;&amp;quot;|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Those highlighted in blue will only appear if you have University Email selected, or the Volunteering Module included in your package&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot;| Name &lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot;| Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Activated Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is empty by default, and you can&amp;#039;t upload users to it, Confirmed Students, move to this group, after logging in for the first time.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;|  Administrator&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the Default Union Administrator group, who have permissions to manage all website content.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Alumni&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is empty by default, but once a users course date expires, they move &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;out&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of Confirmed Students, and into Alumni.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Confirmed Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by data upload, and is the group of students that you are confirming you &amp;#039;&amp;#039;know&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are students, this can then be used for elections etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by all users who register with the domain you set for your institution (usually x-universitycollege.ac.uk) plus anyone in the &amp;#039;Confirmed Students&amp;#039; Usergroup.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Deleted Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is for users that have requested to be removed from the system, it excludes them from all comms, records, reports etc. They remain in this group as  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;there is still content linked totheir accounts from previous purchases and the like, in case this ever needs reporting on. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Non Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by anybody that registers with a non-university email address and can&amp;#039;t confirm they are a student.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Staff&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a list to help you differentiate Staff from General users, you can manually upload to this group via CSV, for example to give staff access to more content &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;than regular site users, i.e. if you have staff sections / documents / hr etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Students Waiting for&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; University Email Access&lt;br /&gt;
| If you have checked the box indicating registration has to be done via university email address, and a user indicates they don&amp;#039;t have access to it pre-arrival, they &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;will be added to this list, allowing them to register with a personal email address also, and merge their accounts once they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Volunteering Organisations&lt;br /&gt;
| If you have the [[Volunteering Module]] included in your package, you will have this option, when new Volunteering Organisations register, to list opportunities, they&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; a Volunteering Administrator will need to approve them in the Volunteering Dashboard, then they will be added to this group, and be given permissions to manage Volunteering Opportunities.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Volunteering Students&lt;br /&gt;
| Any student who has signed up to the Volunteering module will be added to this group, as it is confirming the group of students who have registered their interest to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;volunteer, and listed the areas they are interested in / skills they have.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Features within Union subsection===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:User Group Overview.PNG|center|frame|A simple overview of the first two rows of the table in the Union sub-section, of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Menu.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Show Count====&lt;br /&gt;
Previously you may remember this used to show the number of members in each screen by default, this meant that it performed a count function for a large number of groups in some cases, every time a page like this loaded, which caused larger burdens on the server, so to improve page load times this feature was removed and replaced with the line of text in blue, which on click performs a count for the group in question.&lt;br /&gt;
====View User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View User Group.PNG|thumb|View User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
This screen gives you an overview of an individual User Group, at the top you can see the title of the group you are in, highlighted with a blue font.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Adding New Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
::#Manually&lt;br /&gt;
:::You can add users manually using the three boxes under the group title, the method is as follows;&lt;br /&gt;
::::*From the drop down list, choose a group you know the user is already a member of&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Search for the user by their name, it will return to you close matches, and Dates of Birth to allow you to check you have the right person&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Choose a membership expiry date for the user, this should be a year or so, and checked regularly to ensure there are no dormant accounts with permissions they shouldn&amp;#039;t have.&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Select the &amp;#039;Add members&amp;#039; button to finish the process.&lt;br /&gt;
::#CSV Upload&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same as in the [[#User Group Member Upload]] section below, there are just two places you can select this option.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Filter / Sort Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter-Sort.PNG|thumb|Image showing how the Filter / Sort menu bar looks after choosing the filter option]]&lt;br /&gt;
The header row of the table, with the darker grey background is of much use, particularly when you are dealing with groups containing thousands, or even tens of thousands of users. You can both filter and sort any users in this table, and it also allows you to filter by multiple fields, and use part matches.&lt;br /&gt;
You can click any of the Column headings to sort (ID, University ID, Forename, Surname, DOB, Email Membership Expiry Date), primarily it will sort (A-Z) in field which can contain strings, and (0-9) in a field that contains numeric values, however if you click the heading a second time, it will filter this to the reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With regards to filtering, this works almost the same, to make the filter section appear, all you need to do is click the small cocktail glass looking symbol in the far right hand column, and it will reveal the menu as pictured to the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter by any of the same fields as outlined above, with the exception of Membership Expiry Date, and the only filter that works differently is Date of Birth, this filter gives you two calendar options, Start and End, which will return all user whose DoB falls within the range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there are two buttons below the filter button, one to reset your filters, and another to apply the filters you have just typed in the fields, alternatively you can press return on the keyboard to update.&lt;br /&gt;
{{note| Remember, you can use multiple filters AND sort in conjunction with each other, particularly useful if you are looking for someone with a common name!|reminder}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit Expiry 2.PNG|thumb|Edit user expiry date from a group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit a Users Expiry Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Editing a users Expiry date is a fairly straight forward function, it just requires the user to click the Edit button({{edit}}), in the far right hand column, this will take you to the screen pictured in the thumbnail to the right where you can use the calendar to pick a new expiry date for the user, and then simply click the &amp;#039;Edit Expiry Date&amp;#039; button, and you&amp;#039;re done!&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Feedback&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Currently we have on the feedback log, a request for users to be able to instantly remove users from particular user groups, as the current method is to set their expiry to the next working day.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit button{{edit}} at the bottom of this page takes you to the same page as the edit button before you click into a specific user group, and we will cover that below or you can click [[#Edit User Group|here]] to skip to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any particular group, a screenshot is provided on the right for your convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download Demographics&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking the Download Demographics button, a timing icon will appear in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Downloads&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section at the bottom of the page, this usually takes a few seconds, but under peak times and heavy usage could take up to a minute or so, for the site to gather the data, and present you with a PDF to download, this is a short 2 page document containing the Demographic data for all members within the group you are currently managing.&lt;br /&gt;
We will cover the content of the [[Demographics Report]] in another section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download CSV&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The final option within the View Usergroup screen is to Download a CSV of the group members, this downloads data on all of the users in the current group you are managing, in CSV Format, the data also matches the format used in the Student Upload file, so you will be getting Nationality, CourseID, StudentID, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit User Group.PNG|thumb|Screenshot of the Edit User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit page is where it gives you the options to;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename&lt;br /&gt;
# Update Description For&lt;br /&gt;
# Change [[Permission Set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[CSV Upload|User Group Member Upload]]====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UserGroup CSVUpload.PNG|thumb|User Group Member Upload Pop-Up]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Before we begin talking through this section, if you click on the title to this section &amp;#039;User Group Member Upload&amp;#039; it will take you to a page were we talk through CSV Uploads in slightly more detail.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
It doesn&amp;#039;t matter which method you use to select the User Group Member Upload Option, the small CSV Upload button({{CSV}}) on the right hand side of the &amp;#039;User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions&amp;#039; screen, or the View User Group Option, which you get to by selecting the View button({{view}}) on the right hand side next to any of the user groups, to get the more detailed view for a particular user group, and a list of it&amp;#039;s current members, then there is a large, &amp;#039;Upload Members&amp;#039; Button on the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the pop up appears you are presented with a number of options.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choose File&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, to upload a CSV&lt;br /&gt;
*A Checkbox to add users for e-voting&lt;br /&gt;
*An icon to the right to &amp;#039;Download Sample CSV Template&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*And two notifications, which we will clarify here;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&amp;#039;Email and Expiry Date can&amp;#039;t be blank&amp;#039; (For e-voting users forename and surname are also mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date of Birth&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are the required fields that Union Cloud uses to find a user in the database and add them to the correct user group&lt;br /&gt;
:*&amp;#039;File processing is a scheduled background activity.&lt;br /&gt;
:::All files you upload will be processed at midnight local time, this is because processing large quantities of database puts an increased load on the server and to do it at peak time would cause an increase in page load times, and a poorer experience for all members. Please bear this in mind when you need to upload Member files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Groups==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Groups-usergroups.png|thumb|This screen, is the overview screen for all of your &amp;#039;Group&amp;#039; User Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/groups}}&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Union&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Sub Menu,&lt;br /&gt;
These groups here are some of the most important, and also the groups that users will be placed into automatically upon sign-up / upload / expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Group User Groups Breakdown===&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the caption, this screen is the overview screen for all of the &amp;#039;Group&amp;#039; User Groups. That is to say, it will show all of the different User Groups, from all of your Clubs, Societies, Sports, Charity groups etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Every new student group when they are created, via the [[Groups Module]], have three User Groups created for them by default;&lt;br /&gt;
*Administrators&lt;br /&gt;
*Current Members&lt;br /&gt;
*Alumni&lt;br /&gt;
Though, Administrators, and group Union staff are able to add more.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason that three group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Group Name !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Administrator || If Assigned a Group Manager, permission set, when added to this group, students can manager their own clubs &amp;amp; societies!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Current Members || All users that purchase membership to a group, are by default added to this group for the duration membership was set for.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Alumni || Once your purchased membership to a group expires, you are added to a groups Alumni group, meaning groups can contact you to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;remind you renew your membership, or send out newsletters to former members and such.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Features Withing Groups Subsection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Show Count====&lt;br /&gt;
Previously you may remember this used to show the number of members in each screen by default, this meant that it performed a count function for a large number of groups in some cases, every time a page like this loaded, which caused larger burdens on the server, so to improve page load times this feature was removed and replaced with the line of text in blue, which on click performs a count for the group in question.&lt;br /&gt;
====View User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group - User Group View.PNG|thumb|View a specific Group, User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
This screen gives you an overview of an individual User Group, at the top you can see the title of the group you are in, highlighted with a blue font.&lt;br /&gt;
You May notice on the screenshot, that this user group doesn&amp;#039;t include the Upload / Manually add students options that were present on the &amp;#039;Union&amp;#039; User Groups screen, that is because it is the &amp;#039;Current Members&amp;#039; group for a club or a society. All &amp;#039;Current Members&amp;#039; have to be added to the group, my joining / purchasing membership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Filter / Sort Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter-Sort.PNG|thumb|Image showing how the Filter / Sort menu bar looks after choosing the filter option]]&lt;br /&gt;
The header row of the table, with the darker grey background is of much use, particularly when you are dealing with groups containing thousands, or even tens of thousands of users. You can both filter and sort any users in this table, and it also allows you to filter by multiple fields, and use part matches.&lt;br /&gt;
You can click any of the Column headings to sort (ID, University ID, Forename, Surname, DOB, Email Membership Expiry Date), primarily it will sort (A-Z) in field which can contain strings, and (0-9) in a field that contains numeric values, however if you click the heading a second time, it will filter this to the reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With regards to filtering, this works almost the same, to make the filter section appear, all you need to do is click the small cocktail glass looking symbol in the far right hand column, and it will reveal the menu as pictured to the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter by any of the same fields as outlined above, with the exception of Membership Expiry Date, and the only filter that works differently is Date of Birth, this filter gives you two calendar options, Start and End, which will return all user whose DoB falls within the range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there are two buttons below the filter button, one to reset your filters, and another to apply the filters you have just typed in the fields, alternatively you can press return on the keyboard to update.&lt;br /&gt;
{{note| Remember, you can use multiple filters AND sort in conjunction with each other, particularly useful if you are looking for someone with a common name!|reminder}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit Expiry 2.PNG|thumb|Edit user expiry date from a group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit a Users Expiry Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Editing a users Expiry date is a fairly straight forward function, it just requires the user to click the Edit button({{edit}}), in the far right hand column, this will take you to the screen pictured in the thumbnail to the right where you can use the calendar to pick a new expiry date for the user, and then simply click the &amp;#039;Edit Expiry Date&amp;#039; button, and you&amp;#039;re done!&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Feedback&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Currently we have on the feedback log, a request for users to be able to instantly remove users from particular user groups, as the current method is to set their expiry to the next working day.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit button{{edit}} at the bottom of this page takes you to the same page as the edit button before you click into a specific user group, to skip to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download Demographics&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking the Download Demographics button, a timing icon will appear in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Downloads&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section at the bottom of the page, this usually takes a few seconds, but under peak times and heavy usage could take up to a minute or so, for the site to gather the data, and present you with a PDF to download, this is a short 2 page document containing the Demographic data for all members within the group you are currently managing.&lt;br /&gt;
We will cover the content of the [[Demographics Report]] in another section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit Group User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit page is where it gives you the options to;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename&lt;br /&gt;
# Update Description For&lt;br /&gt;
# Change [[Permission Set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Events==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Events.png|thumb|Events User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/events}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Halls==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Halls_UserGroups.PNG|thumb|Halls of Residence User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/hall_of_residences}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Programme==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Programme.png|thumb|Programme User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/programs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Questionnaire==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Demographics_UserGroups.PNG|thumb|Demographics User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/questions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Custom==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Customtree.png|thumb|Custom User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/custom_tree}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dynamic==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Usergroups1.png|thumb|Admin/Usergroups/custom/dynamic]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/dynamic_tree}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Usergroups.png|thumb|Filter settings-Dynamic usergroups]]&lt;br /&gt;
On the dynamic user group this allows you to filter through individuals on the platform if you select ‘add user group’ a filter will appear. This allows you gather more information or find a user for example students who have not yet voted for upcoming elections. All you need to do is drag and drop the filters into the box and it will create a user-group containing the users you would like to reach out to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This would be useful for when there is a current election and you want to get people to vote. You can use this filter to create a user-group to target users who have yet not voted and sending an email prompting them to vote. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;index&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen is the overall list of all the custom user groups on the UnionCloud platform, you can use this to your advantage to search, filter and find any custom user groups you are able to edit existing user groups by clicking the setting cog on the right-hand side.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Groups-usergroups.png&amp;diff=2994</id>
		<title>File:Groups-usergroups.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Groups-usergroups.png&amp;diff=2994"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T16:08:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;groups-usergroups&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Groups_%26_Permissions&amp;diff=2993</id>
		<title>User Groups &amp; Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Groups_%26_Permissions&amp;diff=2993"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T16:03:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Events */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:User groups and permissions.PNG|thumb|Sample view of User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions page]]&lt;br /&gt;
The User Groups and permissions screen, is one of the most commonly used screens for Union Administrators. It contains all of the default permission groups created by Union Cloud on your behalf, the groups students are placed into by default. It also stores the sub sections for viewing group (Club &amp;amp; Society) membership groups (Administrators, Current, Alumni etc.), Events group lists, halls group lists, programme names, and their membership counts, demographic groups, and importantly &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom groups&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the reasons for it&amp;#039;s heavy use is, that it is the easiest way to control which users have access to what, once you have your [[Permission Set|Permission Sets]] sorted and applied to a user group, as we explain further down, all you need to do is add a user to that group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Union==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups}}&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Union&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Sub Menu,&lt;br /&gt;
hese groups here are some of the most important, and also the groups that users will be placed into automatically upon registration / upload / expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
===Default User Groups Breakdown===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ style=&amp;quot;caption-side:bottom; color:black;&amp;quot;|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Those highlighted in blue will only appear if you have University Email selected, or the Volunteering Module included in your package&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot;| Name &lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot;| Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Activated Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is empty by default, and you can&amp;#039;t upload users to it, Confirmed Students, move to this group, after logging in for the first time.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;|  Administrator&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the Default Union Administrator group, who have permissions to manage all website content.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Alumni&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is empty by default, but once a users course date expires, they move &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;out&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of Confirmed Students, and into Alumni.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Confirmed Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by data upload, and is the group of students that you are confirming you &amp;#039;&amp;#039;know&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are students, this can then be used for elections etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by all users who register with the domain you set for your institution (usually x-universitycollege.ac.uk) plus anyone in the &amp;#039;Confirmed Students&amp;#039; Usergroup.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Deleted Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is for users that have requested to be removed from the system, it excludes them from all comms, records, reports etc. They remain in this group as  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;there is still content linked totheir accounts from previous purchases and the like, in case this ever needs reporting on. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Non Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by anybody that registers with a non-university email address and can&amp;#039;t confirm they are a student.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Staff&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a list to help you differentiate Staff from General users, you can manually upload to this group via CSV, for example to give staff access to more content &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;than regular site users, i.e. if you have staff sections / documents / hr etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Students Waiting for&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; University Email Access&lt;br /&gt;
| If you have checked the box indicating registration has to be done via university email address, and a user indicates they don&amp;#039;t have access to it pre-arrival, they &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;will be added to this list, allowing them to register with a personal email address also, and merge their accounts once they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Volunteering Organisations&lt;br /&gt;
| If you have the [[Volunteering Module]] included in your package, you will have this option, when new Volunteering Organisations register, to list opportunities, they&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; a Volunteering Administrator will need to approve them in the Volunteering Dashboard, then they will be added to this group, and be given permissions to manage Volunteering Opportunities.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Volunteering Students&lt;br /&gt;
| Any student who has signed up to the Volunteering module will be added to this group, as it is confirming the group of students who have registered their interest to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;volunteer, and listed the areas they are interested in / skills they have.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Features within Union subsection===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:User Group Overview.PNG|center|frame|A simple overview of the first two rows of the table in the Union sub-section, of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Menu.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Show Count====&lt;br /&gt;
Previously you may remember this used to show the number of members in each screen by default, this meant that it performed a count function for a large number of groups in some cases, every time a page like this loaded, which caused larger burdens on the server, so to improve page load times this feature was removed and replaced with the line of text in blue, which on click performs a count for the group in question.&lt;br /&gt;
====View User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View User Group.PNG|thumb|View User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
This screen gives you an overview of an individual User Group, at the top you can see the title of the group you are in, highlighted with a blue font.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Adding New Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
::#Manually&lt;br /&gt;
:::You can add users manually using the three boxes under the group title, the method is as follows;&lt;br /&gt;
::::*From the drop down list, choose a group you know the user is already a member of&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Search for the user by their name, it will return to you close matches, and Dates of Birth to allow you to check you have the right person&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Choose a membership expiry date for the user, this should be a year or so, and checked regularly to ensure there are no dormant accounts with permissions they shouldn&amp;#039;t have.&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Select the &amp;#039;Add members&amp;#039; button to finish the process.&lt;br /&gt;
::#CSV Upload&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same as in the [[#User Group Member Upload]] section below, there are just two places you can select this option.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Filter / Sort Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter-Sort.PNG|thumb|Image showing how the Filter / Sort menu bar looks after choosing the filter option]]&lt;br /&gt;
The header row of the table, with the darker grey background is of much use, particularly when you are dealing with groups containing thousands, or even tens of thousands of users. You can both filter and sort any users in this table, and it also allows you to filter by multiple fields, and use part matches.&lt;br /&gt;
You can click any of the Column headings to sort (ID, University ID, Forename, Surname, DOB, Email Membership Expiry Date), primarily it will sort (A-Z) in field which can contain strings, and (0-9) in a field that contains numeric values, however if you click the heading a second time, it will filter this to the reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With regards to filtering, this works almost the same, to make the filter section appear, all you need to do is click the small cocktail glass looking symbol in the far right hand column, and it will reveal the menu as pictured to the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter by any of the same fields as outlined above, with the exception of Membership Expiry Date, and the only filter that works differently is Date of Birth, this filter gives you two calendar options, Start and End, which will return all user whose DoB falls within the range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there are two buttons below the filter button, one to reset your filters, and another to apply the filters you have just typed in the fields, alternatively you can press return on the keyboard to update.&lt;br /&gt;
{{note| Remember, you can use multiple filters AND sort in conjunction with each other, particularly useful if you are looking for someone with a common name!|reminder}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit Expiry 2.PNG|thumb|Edit user expiry date from a group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit a Users Expiry Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Editing a users Expiry date is a fairly straight forward function, it just requires the user to click the Edit button({{edit}}), in the far right hand column, this will take you to the screen pictured in the thumbnail to the right where you can use the calendar to pick a new expiry date for the user, and then simply click the &amp;#039;Edit Expiry Date&amp;#039; button, and you&amp;#039;re done!&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Feedback&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Currently we have on the feedback log, a request for users to be able to instantly remove users from particular user groups, as the current method is to set their expiry to the next working day.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit button{{edit}} at the bottom of this page takes you to the same page as the edit button before you click into a specific user group, and we will cover that below or you can click [[#Edit User Group|here]] to skip to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any particular group, a screenshot is provided on the right for your convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download Demographics&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking the Download Demographics button, a timing icon will appear in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Downloads&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section at the bottom of the page, this usually takes a few seconds, but under peak times and heavy usage could take up to a minute or so, for the site to gather the data, and present you with a PDF to download, this is a short 2 page document containing the Demographic data for all members within the group you are currently managing.&lt;br /&gt;
We will cover the content of the [[Demographics Report]] in another section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download CSV&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The final option within the View Usergroup screen is to Download a CSV of the group members, this downloads data on all of the users in the current group you are managing, in CSV Format, the data also matches the format used in the Student Upload file, so you will be getting Nationality, CourseID, StudentID, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit User Group.PNG|thumb|Screenshot of the Edit User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit page is where it gives you the options to;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename&lt;br /&gt;
# Update Description For&lt;br /&gt;
# Change [[Permission Set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[CSV Upload|User Group Member Upload]]====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UserGroup CSVUpload.PNG|thumb|User Group Member Upload Pop-Up]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Before we begin talking through this section, if you click on the title to this section &amp;#039;User Group Member Upload&amp;#039; it will take you to a page were we talk through CSV Uploads in slightly more detail.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
It doesn&amp;#039;t matter which method you use to select the User Group Member Upload Option, the small CSV Upload button({{CSV}}) on the right hand side of the &amp;#039;User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions&amp;#039; screen, or the View User Group Option, which you get to by selecting the View button({{view}}) on the right hand side next to any of the user groups, to get the more detailed view for a particular user group, and a list of it&amp;#039;s current members, then there is a large, &amp;#039;Upload Members&amp;#039; Button on the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the pop up appears you are presented with a number of options.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choose File&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, to upload a CSV&lt;br /&gt;
*A Checkbox to add users for e-voting&lt;br /&gt;
*An icon to the right to &amp;#039;Download Sample CSV Template&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*And two notifications, which we will clarify here;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&amp;#039;Email and Expiry Date can&amp;#039;t be blank&amp;#039; (For e-voting users forename and surname are also mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date of Birth&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are the required fields that Union Cloud uses to find a user in the database and add them to the correct user group&lt;br /&gt;
:*&amp;#039;File processing is a scheduled background activity.&lt;br /&gt;
:::All files you upload will be processed at midnight local time, this is because processing large quantities of database puts an increased load on the server and to do it at peak time would cause an increase in page load times, and a poorer experience for all members. Please bear this in mind when you need to upload Member files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Groups==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View Groups.PNG|thumb|This screen, is the overview screen for all of your &amp;#039;Group&amp;#039; User Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/groups}}&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Union&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Sub Menu,&lt;br /&gt;
These groups here are some of the most important, and also the groups that users will be placed into automatically upon sign-up / upload / expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Group User Groups Breakdown===&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the caption, this screen is the overview screen for all of the &amp;#039;Group&amp;#039; User Groups. That is to say, it will show all of the different User Groups, from all of your Clubs, Societies, Sports, Charity groups etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Every new student group when they are created, via the [[Groups Module]], have three User Groups created for them by default;&lt;br /&gt;
*Administrators&lt;br /&gt;
*Current Members&lt;br /&gt;
*Alumni&lt;br /&gt;
Though, Administrators, and group Union staff are able to add more.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason that three group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Group Name !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Administrator || If Assigned a Group Manager, permission set, when added to this group, students can manager their own clubs &amp;amp; societies!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Current Members || All users that purchase membership to a group, are by default added to this group for the duration membership was set for.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Alumni || Once your purchased membership to a group expires, you are added to a groups Alumni group, meaning groups can contact you to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;remind you renew your membership, or send out newsletters to former members and such.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Features Withing Groups Subsection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Show Count====&lt;br /&gt;
Previously you may remember this used to show the number of members in each screen by default, this meant that it performed a count function for a large number of groups in some cases, every time a page like this loaded, which caused larger burdens on the server, so to improve page load times this feature was removed and replaced with the line of text in blue, which on click performs a count for the group in question.&lt;br /&gt;
====View User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group - User Group View.PNG|thumb|View a specific Group, User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
This screen gives you an overview of an individual User Group, at the top you can see the title of the group you are in, highlighted with a blue font.&lt;br /&gt;
You May notice on the screenshot, that this user group doesn&amp;#039;t include the Upload / Manually add students options that were present on the &amp;#039;Union&amp;#039; User Groups screen, that is because it is the &amp;#039;Current Members&amp;#039; group for a club or a society. All &amp;#039;Current Members&amp;#039; have to be added to the group, my joining / purchasing membership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Filter / Sort Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter-Sort.PNG|thumb|Image showing how the Filter / Sort menu bar looks after choosing the filter option]]&lt;br /&gt;
The header row of the table, with the darker grey background is of much use, particularly when you are dealing with groups containing thousands, or even tens of thousands of users. You can both filter and sort any users in this table, and it also allows you to filter by multiple fields, and use part matches.&lt;br /&gt;
You can click any of the Column headings to sort (ID, University ID, Forename, Surname, DOB, Email Membership Expiry Date), primarily it will sort (A-Z) in field which can contain strings, and (0-9) in a field that contains numeric values, however if you click the heading a second time, it will filter this to the reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With regards to filtering, this works almost the same, to make the filter section appear, all you need to do is click the small cocktail glass looking symbol in the far right hand column, and it will reveal the menu as pictured to the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter by any of the same fields as outlined above, with the exception of Membership Expiry Date, and the only filter that works differently is Date of Birth, this filter gives you two calendar options, Start and End, which will return all user whose DoB falls within the range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there are two buttons below the filter button, one to reset your filters, and another to apply the filters you have just typed in the fields, alternatively you can press return on the keyboard to update.&lt;br /&gt;
{{note| Remember, you can use multiple filters AND sort in conjunction with each other, particularly useful if you are looking for someone with a common name!|reminder}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit Expiry 2.PNG|thumb|Edit user expiry date from a group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit a Users Expiry Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Editing a users Expiry date is a fairly straight forward function, it just requires the user to click the Edit button({{edit}}), in the far right hand column, this will take you to the screen pictured in the thumbnail to the right where you can use the calendar to pick a new expiry date for the user, and then simply click the &amp;#039;Edit Expiry Date&amp;#039; button, and you&amp;#039;re done!&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Feedback&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Currently we have on the feedback log, a request for users to be able to instantly remove users from particular user groups, as the current method is to set their expiry to the next working day.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit button{{edit}} at the bottom of this page takes you to the same page as the edit button before you click into a specific user group, to skip to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download Demographics&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking the Download Demographics button, a timing icon will appear in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Downloads&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section at the bottom of the page, this usually takes a few seconds, but under peak times and heavy usage could take up to a minute or so, for the site to gather the data, and present you with a PDF to download, this is a short 2 page document containing the Demographic data for all members within the group you are currently managing.&lt;br /&gt;
We will cover the content of the [[Demographics Report]] in another section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit Group User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit page is where it gives you the options to;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename&lt;br /&gt;
# Update Description For&lt;br /&gt;
# Change [[Permission Set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Events==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Events.png|thumb|Events User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/events}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Halls==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Halls_UserGroups.PNG|thumb|Halls of Residence User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/hall_of_residences}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Programme==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Programme.png|thumb|Programme User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/programs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Questionnaire==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Demographics_UserGroups.PNG|thumb|Demographics User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/questions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Custom==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Customtree.png|thumb|Custom User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/custom_tree}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dynamic==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Usergroups1.png|thumb|Admin/Usergroups/custom/dynamic]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/dynamic_tree}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Usergroups.png|thumb|Filter settings-Dynamic usergroups]]&lt;br /&gt;
On the dynamic user group this allows you to filter through individuals on the platform if you select ‘add user group’ a filter will appear. This allows you gather more information or find a user for example students who have not yet voted for upcoming elections. All you need to do is drag and drop the filters into the box and it will create a user-group containing the users you would like to reach out to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This would be useful for when there is a current election and you want to get people to vote. You can use this filter to create a user-group to target users who have yet not voted and sending an email prompting them to vote. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;index&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen is the overall list of all the custom user groups on the UnionCloud platform, you can use this to your advantage to search, filter and find any custom user groups you are able to edit existing user groups by clicking the setting cog on the right-hand side.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Events.png&amp;diff=2992</id>
		<title>File:Events.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Events.png&amp;diff=2992"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T16:03:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;events usergroup&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Groups_%26_Permissions&amp;diff=2991</id>
		<title>User Groups &amp; Permissions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Groups_%26_Permissions&amp;diff=2991"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T16:00:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Programme */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:User groups and permissions.PNG|thumb|Sample view of User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions page]]&lt;br /&gt;
The User Groups and permissions screen, is one of the most commonly used screens for Union Administrators. It contains all of the default permission groups created by Union Cloud on your behalf, the groups students are placed into by default. It also stores the sub sections for viewing group (Club &amp;amp; Society) membership groups (Administrators, Current, Alumni etc.), Events group lists, halls group lists, programme names, and their membership counts, demographic groups, and importantly &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom groups&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the reasons for it&amp;#039;s heavy use is, that it is the easiest way to control which users have access to what, once you have your [[Permission Set|Permission Sets]] sorted and applied to a user group, as we explain further down, all you need to do is add a user to that group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Union==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups}}&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Union&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Sub Menu,&lt;br /&gt;
hese groups here are some of the most important, and also the groups that users will be placed into automatically upon registration / upload / expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
===Default User Groups Breakdown===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ style=&amp;quot;caption-side:bottom; color:black;&amp;quot;|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Those highlighted in blue will only appear if you have University Email selected, or the Volunteering Module included in your package&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot;| Name &lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot;| Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Activated Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is empty by default, and you can&amp;#039;t upload users to it, Confirmed Students, move to this group, after logging in for the first time.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;|  Administrator&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the Default Union Administrator group, who have permissions to manage all website content.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Alumni&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is empty by default, but once a users course date expires, they move &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;out&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of Confirmed Students, and into Alumni.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Confirmed Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by data upload, and is the group of students that you are confirming you &amp;#039;&amp;#039;know&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are students, this can then be used for elections etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by all users who register with the domain you set for your institution (usually x-universitycollege.ac.uk) plus anyone in the &amp;#039;Confirmed Students&amp;#039; Usergroup.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Deleted Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is for users that have requested to be removed from the system, it excludes them from all comms, records, reports etc. They remain in this group as  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;there is still content linked totheir accounts from previous purchases and the like, in case this ever needs reporting on. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Non Students&lt;br /&gt;
| This group is populated by anybody that registers with a non-university email address and can&amp;#039;t confirm they are a student.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left;&amp;quot;| Staff&lt;br /&gt;
| This is a list to help you differentiate Staff from General users, you can manually upload to this group via CSV, for example to give staff access to more content &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;than regular site users, i.e. if you have staff sections / documents / hr etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Students Waiting for&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; University Email Access&lt;br /&gt;
| If you have checked the box indicating registration has to be done via university email address, and a user indicates they don&amp;#039;t have access to it pre-arrival, they &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;will be added to this list, allowing them to register with a personal email address also, and merge their accounts once they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Volunteering Organisations&lt;br /&gt;
| If you have the [[Volunteering Module]] included in your package, you will have this option, when new Volunteering Organisations register, to list opportunities, they&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; a Volunteering Administrator will need to approve them in the Volunteering Dashboard, then they will be added to this group, and be given permissions to manage Volunteering Opportunities.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=&amp;quot;col&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:Left; background-color: #0BAEC7;&amp;quot;| Volunteering Students&lt;br /&gt;
| Any student who has signed up to the Volunteering module will be added to this group, as it is confirming the group of students who have registered their interest to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;volunteer, and listed the areas they are interested in / skills they have.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Features within Union subsection===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:User Group Overview.PNG|center|frame|A simple overview of the first two rows of the table in the Union sub-section, of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Menu.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Show Count====&lt;br /&gt;
Previously you may remember this used to show the number of members in each screen by default, this meant that it performed a count function for a large number of groups in some cases, every time a page like this loaded, which caused larger burdens on the server, so to improve page load times this feature was removed and replaced with the line of text in blue, which on click performs a count for the group in question.&lt;br /&gt;
====View User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View User Group.PNG|thumb|View User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
This screen gives you an overview of an individual User Group, at the top you can see the title of the group you are in, highlighted with a blue font.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Adding New Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
::#Manually&lt;br /&gt;
:::You can add users manually using the three boxes under the group title, the method is as follows;&lt;br /&gt;
::::*From the drop down list, choose a group you know the user is already a member of&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Search for the user by their name, it will return to you close matches, and Dates of Birth to allow you to check you have the right person&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Choose a membership expiry date for the user, this should be a year or so, and checked regularly to ensure there are no dormant accounts with permissions they shouldn&amp;#039;t have.&lt;br /&gt;
::::*Select the &amp;#039;Add members&amp;#039; button to finish the process.&lt;br /&gt;
::#CSV Upload&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same as in the [[#User Group Member Upload]] section below, there are just two places you can select this option.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Filter / Sort Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter-Sort.PNG|thumb|Image showing how the Filter / Sort menu bar looks after choosing the filter option]]&lt;br /&gt;
The header row of the table, with the darker grey background is of much use, particularly when you are dealing with groups containing thousands, or even tens of thousands of users. You can both filter and sort any users in this table, and it also allows you to filter by multiple fields, and use part matches.&lt;br /&gt;
You can click any of the Column headings to sort (ID, University ID, Forename, Surname, DOB, Email Membership Expiry Date), primarily it will sort (A-Z) in field which can contain strings, and (0-9) in a field that contains numeric values, however if you click the heading a second time, it will filter this to the reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With regards to filtering, this works almost the same, to make the filter section appear, all you need to do is click the small cocktail glass looking symbol in the far right hand column, and it will reveal the menu as pictured to the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter by any of the same fields as outlined above, with the exception of Membership Expiry Date, and the only filter that works differently is Date of Birth, this filter gives you two calendar options, Start and End, which will return all user whose DoB falls within the range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there are two buttons below the filter button, one to reset your filters, and another to apply the filters you have just typed in the fields, alternatively you can press return on the keyboard to update.&lt;br /&gt;
{{note| Remember, you can use multiple filters AND sort in conjunction with each other, particularly useful if you are looking for someone with a common name!|reminder}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit Expiry 2.PNG|thumb|Edit user expiry date from a group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit a Users Expiry Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Editing a users Expiry date is a fairly straight forward function, it just requires the user to click the Edit button({{edit}}), in the far right hand column, this will take you to the screen pictured in the thumbnail to the right where you can use the calendar to pick a new expiry date for the user, and then simply click the &amp;#039;Edit Expiry Date&amp;#039; button, and you&amp;#039;re done!&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Feedback&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Currently we have on the feedback log, a request for users to be able to instantly remove users from particular user groups, as the current method is to set their expiry to the next working day.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit button{{edit}} at the bottom of this page takes you to the same page as the edit button before you click into a specific user group, and we will cover that below or you can click [[#Edit User Group|here]] to skip to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any particular group, a screenshot is provided on the right for your convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download Demographics&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking the Download Demographics button, a timing icon will appear in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Downloads&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section at the bottom of the page, this usually takes a few seconds, but under peak times and heavy usage could take up to a minute or so, for the site to gather the data, and present you with a PDF to download, this is a short 2 page document containing the Demographic data for all members within the group you are currently managing.&lt;br /&gt;
We will cover the content of the [[Demographics Report]] in another section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download CSV&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The final option within the View Usergroup screen is to Download a CSV of the group members, this downloads data on all of the users in the current group you are managing, in CSV Format, the data also matches the format used in the Student Upload file, so you will be getting Nationality, CourseID, StudentID, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit User Group.PNG|thumb|Screenshot of the Edit User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit page is where it gives you the options to;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename&lt;br /&gt;
# Update Description For&lt;br /&gt;
# Change [[Permission Set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====[[CSV Upload|User Group Member Upload]]====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UserGroup CSVUpload.PNG|thumb|User Group Member Upload Pop-Up]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Before we begin talking through this section, if you click on the title to this section &amp;#039;User Group Member Upload&amp;#039; it will take you to a page were we talk through CSV Uploads in slightly more detail.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
It doesn&amp;#039;t matter which method you use to select the User Group Member Upload Option, the small CSV Upload button({{CSV}}) on the right hand side of the &amp;#039;User Groups &amp;amp; Permissions&amp;#039; screen, or the View User Group Option, which you get to by selecting the View button({{view}}) on the right hand side next to any of the user groups, to get the more detailed view for a particular user group, and a list of it&amp;#039;s current members, then there is a large, &amp;#039;Upload Members&amp;#039; Button on the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the pop up appears you are presented with a number of options.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choose File&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button, to upload a CSV&lt;br /&gt;
*A Checkbox to add users for e-voting&lt;br /&gt;
*An icon to the right to &amp;#039;Download Sample CSV Template&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*And two notifications, which we will clarify here;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&amp;#039;Email and Expiry Date can&amp;#039;t be blank&amp;#039; (For e-voting users forename and surname are also mandatory)&lt;br /&gt;
:::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date of Birth&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are the required fields that Union Cloud uses to find a user in the database and add them to the correct user group&lt;br /&gt;
:*&amp;#039;File processing is a scheduled background activity.&lt;br /&gt;
:::All files you upload will be processed at midnight local time, this is because processing large quantities of database puts an increased load on the server and to do it at peak time would cause an increase in page load times, and a poorer experience for all members. Please bear this in mind when you need to upload Member files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Groups==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View Groups.PNG|thumb|This screen, is the overview screen for all of your &amp;#039;Group&amp;#039; User Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/groups}}&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Union&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Sub Menu,&lt;br /&gt;
These groups here are some of the most important, and also the groups that users will be placed into automatically upon sign-up / upload / expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Group User Groups Breakdown===&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in the caption, this screen is the overview screen for all of the &amp;#039;Group&amp;#039; User Groups. That is to say, it will show all of the different User Groups, from all of your Clubs, Societies, Sports, Charity groups etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Every new student group when they are created, via the [[Groups Module]], have three User Groups created for them by default;&lt;br /&gt;
*Administrators&lt;br /&gt;
*Current Members&lt;br /&gt;
*Alumni&lt;br /&gt;
Though, Administrators, and group Union staff are able to add more.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason that three group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Group Name !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Administrator || If Assigned a Group Manager, permission set, when added to this group, students can manager their own clubs &amp;amp; societies!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Current Members || All users that purchase membership to a group, are by default added to this group for the duration membership was set for.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Alumni || Once your purchased membership to a group expires, you are added to a groups Alumni group, meaning groups can contact you to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;remind you renew your membership, or send out newsletters to former members and such.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Features Withing Groups Subsection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Show Count====&lt;br /&gt;
Previously you may remember this used to show the number of members in each screen by default, this meant that it performed a count function for a large number of groups in some cases, every time a page like this loaded, which caused larger burdens on the server, so to improve page load times this feature was removed and replaced with the line of text in blue, which on click performs a count for the group in question.&lt;br /&gt;
====View User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Group - User Group View.PNG|thumb|View a specific Group, User Group Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
This screen gives you an overview of an individual User Group, at the top you can see the title of the group you are in, highlighted with a blue font.&lt;br /&gt;
You May notice on the screenshot, that this user group doesn&amp;#039;t include the Upload / Manually add students options that were present on the &amp;#039;Union&amp;#039; User Groups screen, that is because it is the &amp;#039;Current Members&amp;#039; group for a club or a society. All &amp;#039;Current Members&amp;#039; have to be added to the group, my joining / purchasing membership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Filter / Sort Users&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter-Sort.PNG|thumb|Image showing how the Filter / Sort menu bar looks after choosing the filter option]]&lt;br /&gt;
The header row of the table, with the darker grey background is of much use, particularly when you are dealing with groups containing thousands, or even tens of thousands of users. You can both filter and sort any users in this table, and it also allows you to filter by multiple fields, and use part matches.&lt;br /&gt;
You can click any of the Column headings to sort (ID, University ID, Forename, Surname, DOB, Email Membership Expiry Date), primarily it will sort (A-Z) in field which can contain strings, and (0-9) in a field that contains numeric values, however if you click the heading a second time, it will filter this to the reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With regards to filtering, this works almost the same, to make the filter section appear, all you need to do is click the small cocktail glass looking symbol in the far right hand column, and it will reveal the menu as pictured to the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter by any of the same fields as outlined above, with the exception of Membership Expiry Date, and the only filter that works differently is Date of Birth, this filter gives you two calendar options, Start and End, which will return all user whose DoB falls within the range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there are two buttons below the filter button, one to reset your filters, and another to apply the filters you have just typed in the fields, alternatively you can press return on the keyboard to update.&lt;br /&gt;
{{note| Remember, you can use multiple filters AND sort in conjunction with each other, particularly useful if you are looking for someone with a common name!|reminder}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit Expiry 2.PNG|thumb|Edit user expiry date from a group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit a Users Expiry Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Editing a users Expiry date is a fairly straight forward function, it just requires the user to click the Edit button({{edit}}), in the far right hand column, this will take you to the screen pictured in the thumbnail to the right where you can use the calendar to pick a new expiry date for the user, and then simply click the &amp;#039;Edit Expiry Date&amp;#039; button, and you&amp;#039;re done!&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Feedback&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Currently we have on the feedback log, a request for users to be able to instantly remove users from particular user groups, as the current method is to set their expiry to the next working day.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit button{{edit}} at the bottom of this page takes you to the same page as the edit button before you click into a specific user group, to skip to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Download Demographics&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking the Download Demographics button, a timing icon will appear in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Downloads&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section at the bottom of the page, this usually takes a few seconds, but under peak times and heavy usage could take up to a minute or so, for the site to gather the data, and present you with a PDF to download, this is a short 2 page document containing the Demographic data for all members within the group you are currently managing.&lt;br /&gt;
We will cover the content of the [[Demographics Report]] in another section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Edit Group User Group====&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit page is where it gives you the options to;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename&lt;br /&gt;
# Update Description For&lt;br /&gt;
# Change [[Permission Set]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Events==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Events UserGroups.PNG|thumb|Events User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/events}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Halls==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Halls_UserGroups.PNG|thumb|Halls of Residence User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/hall_of_residences}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Programme==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Programme.png|thumb|Programme User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/programs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Questionnaire==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Demographics_UserGroups.PNG|thumb|Demographics User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/questions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Custom==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Customtree.png|thumb|Custom User Groups Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/custom_tree}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dynamic==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Usergroups1.png|thumb|Admin/Usergroups/custom/dynamic]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_groups/dynamic_tree}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Usergroups.png|thumb|Filter settings-Dynamic usergroups]]&lt;br /&gt;
On the dynamic user group this allows you to filter through individuals on the platform if you select ‘add user group’ a filter will appear. This allows you gather more information or find a user for example students who have not yet voted for upcoming elections. All you need to do is drag and drop the filters into the box and it will create a user-group containing the users you would like to reach out to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This would be useful for when there is a current election and you want to get people to vote. You can use this filter to create a user-group to target users who have yet not voted and sending an email prompting them to vote. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;index&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen is the overall list of all the custom user groups on the UnionCloud platform, you can use this to your advantage to search, filter and find any custom user groups you are able to edit existing user groups by clicking the setting cog on the right-hand side.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Programme.png&amp;diff=2990</id>
		<title>File:Programme.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Programme.png&amp;diff=2990"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T16:00:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;usergroup&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Account_Details&amp;diff=2989</id>
		<title>User Account Details</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Account_Details&amp;diff=2989"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T15:24:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:User-account.png|thumb|User Account Details Summary Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
The first page to load when you enter the &amp;#039;User Account Details&amp;#039;, which gives an overview of all users registered with your particular site, by default this section will show 20 records per page, although there is an option listed to show all records.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This page will list your users along with the following citeria;&lt;br /&gt;
UniversityID (If applicable), Forename, Surname, Date of Birth, Email, Alternate Email, the final column showing the View({{View}}), Edit({{Edit}}), Delete({{Delete}}), and Resend Fast Track Email{{Resend}} buttons, we will cover below. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Second section listed below the &amp;#039;User Account Details&amp;#039; menu, is &amp;#039;Merge User Account Details&amp;#039; screen. This would normally be used for students who registered before they came to college / university with a personal email address but who will automatically have a &amp;#039;Student&amp;#039; account created for them after registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List User Details==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_account_details}}&lt;br /&gt;
===View User Account Details{{View}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View account.png|thumb|View User Account Details Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View User Account details displays a summary of the user in question, offering;&lt;br /&gt;
*Name&lt;br /&gt;
*Profile Picture&lt;br /&gt;
*User email&lt;br /&gt;
*Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
*Phone Number&lt;br /&gt;
*Opt out in/out Details&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of Union communication emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of NUS communication emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of all commercial emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Confirmed [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Visited Registration Page [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Last Login Date&lt;br /&gt;
*Userable Type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below it then offers 5 Tabs showing more of the users history, listed in table form like so;&lt;br /&gt;
====Group Memberships====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any membership related to a group (so any Clubs / Societies)&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Group Name !! Membership Type !! Status !! Block/Unblock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Club / Society || Type of membership purchased || approved/expired/pending || Option to block current members&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====User Group Memberships====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any membership related to a usergroup (these are the ones that control permissions, they can have one of several permission sets assigned to them, or none at all).&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! User Group Name !! User Group Type !! Start Date !! Expiry Date&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of permission group || Type of user group (Group, Event, Union, other) || Date user was added || Date user will be removed from permissions group&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Event Tickets====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any event a user has attended since registered, and any future tickets that have been purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Event Name !! Event Start Date !! Event End Date !! Ticket Purchase Date !! Ticket Number !! Redemption&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Event || DD-MM-YYYY || DD-MM-YYYY || Date Purchased (DD-MM-YYYY) || 6 Digit Alphanumeric code || Yes/No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====e-Shop====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any order that a user has placed through the online eShop&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Order ID !! Date !! Order Amount(£) !! Order Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Order ID, beginning characters unique to union || DD-MM-YYYY || Order Value in GBP (£) Sterling || Dispatched / Awaiting Dispatch / Collect In Person / Intl. etc&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Payment History====&lt;br /&gt;
Payment history has around 30 fields which we wont&amp;#039; list in table form here, but you can find yourselves fairly easily, the reason it contains this many is so that finance staff can find a detailed breakdown of price aroudnd VAT / Shipping / Charges etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit User Account Details{{Edit}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:User details.png|thumb|Edit User Account Details Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit User Account details screen is similar to the View User Account details screen, although with slightly less options listed, however it gives you access to change a users;&lt;br /&gt;
*Forename&lt;br /&gt;
*Surname&lt;br /&gt;
*Profile Picture&lt;br /&gt;
*Email address&lt;br /&gt;
*Telephone Number&lt;br /&gt;
*Session Timeout (in minutes)&lt;br /&gt;
*Date of Birth&lt;br /&gt;
*Opt in/out settings&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of union communication emails&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of NUS Emails&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of Third Party Emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|If your union has setup registration questions (See [[Setup]]) then you can change these options here also.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete User Account{{Delete}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Delete User.PNG|thumb|Delete User Account Warning]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steps to delete a user account are fairly straight forward.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the filter{{filter}} tool to identify the user you are looking for&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the Delete{{delete}} icon in the final column, in the same row as that user.&lt;br /&gt;
*A pop up will appear asking &amp;#039;Are you sure you want to delete this user&amp;#039; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Ok] [Cancel]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click okay, and that user has been removed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Merge User Account Details==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge-accounts.png|thumb|Merge Account Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_account_details/show_merge_users_page}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge.png|thumb|Completed Merge Account Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge Account Confirmation.PNG|thumb|Merge Account Confirmation Message]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the Merge User Account Details section, beneath the User Account Details tab.&lt;br /&gt;
*Search for a user, in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;User email&amp;#039; box, as you type a drop down menu will suggest options, click on the account you mean to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
:*At this point the page will briefly refresh, and return some information about the first account, giving you Name, and DOB, so you can confirm the user.&lt;br /&gt;
*Search for a user, in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;second&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;User email&amp;#039; box, as you type a drop down menu will suggest options, click on the account you mean to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
:*As with the previous box, the page will now refresh, and load details of the account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Decide which account you want to make primary, and use the &amp;#039;[Mark as Primary]&amp;#039; button below it, which will then become highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
*Simply press the &amp;#039;Merge Users&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will then be prompted to confirm whether you wish to confirm this merge.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally you will be taken to a screen summarising the new account details, the email address of the second account will also be listed in the alternate email space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes About Account Merging===&lt;br /&gt;
On this section you can merge users if they have two user accounts, for example, this could happen when a student has not received their university ID they are able to still register the student union website with their personal credentials and when the student is provided with their university credentials, later on, you are able to search for the user via name/email and merge both accounts into one.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:User-account.png&amp;diff=2988</id>
		<title>File:User-account.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:User-account.png&amp;diff=2988"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T15:23:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;updated image&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Account_Details&amp;diff=2987</id>
		<title>User Account Details</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Account_Details&amp;diff=2987"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T15:07:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* View User Account Details{{View}} */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:User Account Details.PNG|thumb|User Account Details Summary Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
The first page to load when you enter the &amp;#039;User Account Details&amp;#039;, which gives an overview of all users registered with your particular site, by default this section will show 20 records per page, although there is an option listed to show all records.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This page will list your users along with the following citeria;&lt;br /&gt;
UniversityID (If applicable), Forename, Surname, Date of Birth, Email, Alternate Email, the final column showing the View({{View}}), Edit({{Edit}}), Delete({{Delete}}), and Resend Fast Track Email{{Resend}} buttons, we will cover below. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Second section listed below the &amp;#039;User Account Details&amp;#039; menu, is &amp;#039;Merge User Account Details&amp;#039; screen. This would normally be used for students who registered before they came to college / university with a personal email address but who will automatically have a &amp;#039;Student&amp;#039; account created for them after registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List User Details==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_account_details}}&lt;br /&gt;
===View User Account Details{{View}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View account.png|thumb|View User Account Details Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View User Account details displays a summary of the user in question, offering;&lt;br /&gt;
*Name&lt;br /&gt;
*Profile Picture&lt;br /&gt;
*User email&lt;br /&gt;
*Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
*Phone Number&lt;br /&gt;
*Opt out in/out Details&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of Union communication emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of NUS communication emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of all commercial emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Confirmed [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Visited Registration Page [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Last Login Date&lt;br /&gt;
*Userable Type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below it then offers 5 Tabs showing more of the users history, listed in table form like so;&lt;br /&gt;
====Group Memberships====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any membership related to a group (so any Clubs / Societies)&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Group Name !! Membership Type !! Status !! Block/Unblock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Club / Society || Type of membership purchased || approved/expired/pending || Option to block current members&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====User Group Memberships====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any membership related to a usergroup (these are the ones that control permissions, they can have one of several permission sets assigned to them, or none at all).&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! User Group Name !! User Group Type !! Start Date !! Expiry Date&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of permission group || Type of user group (Group, Event, Union, other) || Date user was added || Date user will be removed from permissions group&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Event Tickets====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any event a user has attended since registered, and any future tickets that have been purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Event Name !! Event Start Date !! Event End Date !! Ticket Purchase Date !! Ticket Number !! Redemption&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Event || DD-MM-YYYY || DD-MM-YYYY || Date Purchased (DD-MM-YYYY) || 6 Digit Alphanumeric code || Yes/No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====e-Shop====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any order that a user has placed through the online eShop&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Order ID !! Date !! Order Amount(£) !! Order Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Order ID, beginning characters unique to union || DD-MM-YYYY || Order Value in GBP (£) Sterling || Dispatched / Awaiting Dispatch / Collect In Person / Intl. etc&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Payment History====&lt;br /&gt;
Payment history has around 30 fields which we wont&amp;#039; list in table form here, but you can find yourselves fairly easily, the reason it contains this many is so that finance staff can find a detailed breakdown of price aroudnd VAT / Shipping / Charges etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit User Account Details{{Edit}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:User details.png|thumb|Edit User Account Details Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit User Account details screen is similar to the View User Account details screen, although with slightly less options listed, however it gives you access to change a users;&lt;br /&gt;
*Forename&lt;br /&gt;
*Surname&lt;br /&gt;
*Profile Picture&lt;br /&gt;
*Email address&lt;br /&gt;
*Telephone Number&lt;br /&gt;
*Session Timeout (in minutes)&lt;br /&gt;
*Date of Birth&lt;br /&gt;
*Opt in/out settings&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of union communication emails&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of NUS Emails&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of Third Party Emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|If your union has setup registration questions (See [[Setup]]) then you can change these options here also.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete User Account{{Delete}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Delete User.PNG|thumb|Delete User Account Warning]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steps to delete a user account are fairly straight forward.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the filter{{filter}} tool to identify the user you are looking for&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the Delete{{delete}} icon in the final column, in the same row as that user.&lt;br /&gt;
*A pop up will appear asking &amp;#039;Are you sure you want to delete this user&amp;#039; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Ok] [Cancel]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click okay, and that user has been removed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Merge User Account Details==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge-accounts.png|thumb|Merge Account Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_account_details/show_merge_users_page}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge.png|thumb|Completed Merge Account Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge Account Confirmation.PNG|thumb|Merge Account Confirmation Message]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the Merge User Account Details section, beneath the User Account Details tab.&lt;br /&gt;
*Search for a user, in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;User email&amp;#039; box, as you type a drop down menu will suggest options, click on the account you mean to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
:*At this point the page will briefly refresh, and return some information about the first account, giving you Name, and DOB, so you can confirm the user.&lt;br /&gt;
*Search for a user, in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;second&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;User email&amp;#039; box, as you type a drop down menu will suggest options, click on the account you mean to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
:*As with the previous box, the page will now refresh, and load details of the account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Decide which account you want to make primary, and use the &amp;#039;[Mark as Primary]&amp;#039; button below it, which will then become highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
*Simply press the &amp;#039;Merge Users&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will then be prompted to confirm whether you wish to confirm this merge.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally you will be taken to a screen summarising the new account details, the email address of the second account will also be listed in the alternate email space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes About Account Merging===&lt;br /&gt;
On this section you can merge users if they have two user accounts, for example, this could happen when a student has not received their university ID they are able to still register the student union website with their personal credentials and when the student is provided with their university credentials, later on, you are able to search for the user via name/email and merge both accounts into one.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:View_account.png&amp;diff=2986</id>
		<title>File:View account.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:View_account.png&amp;diff=2986"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T15:07:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;update&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Vew_account.png&amp;diff=2985</id>
		<title>File:Vew account.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:Vew_account.png&amp;diff=2985"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T15:04:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;view account details&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Account_Details&amp;diff=2984</id>
		<title>User Account Details</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Account_Details&amp;diff=2984"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T14:49:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Edit User Account Details{{Edit}} */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:User Account Details.PNG|thumb|User Account Details Summary Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
The first page to load when you enter the &amp;#039;User Account Details&amp;#039;, which gives an overview of all users registered with your particular site, by default this section will show 20 records per page, although there is an option listed to show all records.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This page will list your users along with the following citeria;&lt;br /&gt;
UniversityID (If applicable), Forename, Surname, Date of Birth, Email, Alternate Email, the final column showing the View({{View}}), Edit({{Edit}}), Delete({{Delete}}), and Resend Fast Track Email{{Resend}} buttons, we will cover below. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Second section listed below the &amp;#039;User Account Details&amp;#039; menu, is &amp;#039;Merge User Account Details&amp;#039; screen. This would normally be used for students who registered before they came to college / university with a personal email address but who will automatically have a &amp;#039;Student&amp;#039; account created for them after registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List User Details==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_account_details}}&lt;br /&gt;
===View User Account Details{{View}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View User Account Details.PNG|thumb|View User Account Details Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View User Account details displays a summary of the user in question, offering;&lt;br /&gt;
*Name&lt;br /&gt;
*Profile Picture&lt;br /&gt;
*User email&lt;br /&gt;
*Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
*Phone Number&lt;br /&gt;
*Opt out in/out Details&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of Union communication emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of NUS communication emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of all commercial emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Confirmed [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Visited Registration Page [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Last Login Date&lt;br /&gt;
*Userable Type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below it then offers 5 Tabs showing more of the users history, listed in table form like so;&lt;br /&gt;
====Group Memberships====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any membership related to a group (so any Clubs / Societies)&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Group Name !! Membership Type !! Status !! Block/Unblock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Club / Society || Type of membership purchased || approved/expired/pending || Option to block current members&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====User Group Memberships====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any membership related to a usergroup (these are the ones that control permissions, they can have one of several permission sets assigned to them, or none at all).&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! User Group Name !! User Group Type !! Start Date !! Expiry Date&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of permission group || Type of user group (Group, Event, Union, other) || Date user was added || Date user will be removed from permissions group&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Event Tickets====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any event a user has attended since registered, and any future tickets that have been purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Event Name !! Event Start Date !! Event End Date !! Ticket Purchase Date !! Ticket Number !! Redemption&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Event || DD-MM-YYYY || DD-MM-YYYY || Date Purchased (DD-MM-YYYY) || 6 Digit Alphanumeric code || Yes/No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====e-Shop====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any order that a user has placed through the online eShop&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Order ID !! Date !! Order Amount(£) !! Order Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Order ID, beginning characters unique to union || DD-MM-YYYY || Order Value in GBP (£) Sterling || Dispatched / Awaiting Dispatch / Collect In Person / Intl. etc&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Payment History====&lt;br /&gt;
Payment history has around 30 fields which we wont&amp;#039; list in table form here, but you can find yourselves fairly easily, the reason it contains this many is so that finance staff can find a detailed breakdown of price aroudnd VAT / Shipping / Charges etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit User Account Details{{Edit}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:User details.png|thumb|Edit User Account Details Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit User Account details screen is similar to the View User Account details screen, although with slightly less options listed, however it gives you access to change a users;&lt;br /&gt;
*Forename&lt;br /&gt;
*Surname&lt;br /&gt;
*Profile Picture&lt;br /&gt;
*Email address&lt;br /&gt;
*Telephone Number&lt;br /&gt;
*Session Timeout (in minutes)&lt;br /&gt;
*Date of Birth&lt;br /&gt;
*Opt in/out settings&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of union communication emails&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of NUS Emails&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of Third Party Emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|If your union has setup registration questions (See [[Setup]]) then you can change these options here also.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete User Account{{Delete}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Delete User.PNG|thumb|Delete User Account Warning]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steps to delete a user account are fairly straight forward.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the filter{{filter}} tool to identify the user you are looking for&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the Delete{{delete}} icon in the final column, in the same row as that user.&lt;br /&gt;
*A pop up will appear asking &amp;#039;Are you sure you want to delete this user&amp;#039; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Ok] [Cancel]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click okay, and that user has been removed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Merge User Account Details==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge-accounts.png|thumb|Merge Account Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_account_details/show_merge_users_page}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge.png|thumb|Completed Merge Account Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge Account Confirmation.PNG|thumb|Merge Account Confirmation Message]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the Merge User Account Details section, beneath the User Account Details tab.&lt;br /&gt;
*Search for a user, in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;User email&amp;#039; box, as you type a drop down menu will suggest options, click on the account you mean to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
:*At this point the page will briefly refresh, and return some information about the first account, giving you Name, and DOB, so you can confirm the user.&lt;br /&gt;
*Search for a user, in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;second&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;User email&amp;#039; box, as you type a drop down menu will suggest options, click on the account you mean to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
:*As with the previous box, the page will now refresh, and load details of the account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Decide which account you want to make primary, and use the &amp;#039;[Mark as Primary]&amp;#039; button below it, which will then become highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
*Simply press the &amp;#039;Merge Users&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will then be prompted to confirm whether you wish to confirm this merge.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally you will be taken to a screen summarising the new account details, the email address of the second account will also be listed in the alternate email space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes About Account Merging===&lt;br /&gt;
On this section you can merge users if they have two user accounts, for example, this could happen when a student has not received their university ID they are able to still register the student union website with their personal credentials and when the student is provided with their university credentials, later on, you are able to search for the user via name/email and merge both accounts into one.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:User_details.png&amp;diff=2983</id>
		<title>File:User details.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=File:User_details.png&amp;diff=2983"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T14:49:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;user account details&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Account_Details&amp;diff=2982</id>
		<title>User Account Details</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Account_Details&amp;diff=2982"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T14:44:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Notes About Account Merging */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:User Account Details.PNG|thumb|User Account Details Summary Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
The first page to load when you enter the &amp;#039;User Account Details&amp;#039;, which gives an overview of all users registered with your particular site, by default this section will show 20 records per page, although there is an option listed to show all records.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This page will list your users along with the following citeria;&lt;br /&gt;
UniversityID (If applicable), Forename, Surname, Date of Birth, Email, Alternate Email, the final column showing the View({{View}}), Edit({{Edit}}), Delete({{Delete}}), and Resend Fast Track Email{{Resend}} buttons, we will cover below. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Second section listed below the &amp;#039;User Account Details&amp;#039; menu, is &amp;#039;Merge User Account Details&amp;#039; screen. This would normally be used for students who registered before they came to college / university with a personal email address but who will automatically have a &amp;#039;Student&amp;#039; account created for them after registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List User Details==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_account_details}}&lt;br /&gt;
===View User Account Details{{View}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View User Account Details.PNG|thumb|View User Account Details Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View User Account details displays a summary of the user in question, offering;&lt;br /&gt;
*Name&lt;br /&gt;
*Profile Picture&lt;br /&gt;
*User email&lt;br /&gt;
*Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
*Phone Number&lt;br /&gt;
*Opt out in/out Details&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of Union communication emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of NUS communication emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of all commercial emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Confirmed [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Visited Registration Page [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Last Login Date&lt;br /&gt;
*Userable Type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below it then offers 5 Tabs showing more of the users history, listed in table form like so;&lt;br /&gt;
====Group Memberships====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any membership related to a group (so any Clubs / Societies)&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Group Name !! Membership Type !! Status !! Block/Unblock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Club / Society || Type of membership purchased || approved/expired/pending || Option to block current members&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====User Group Memberships====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any membership related to a usergroup (these are the ones that control permissions, they can have one of several permission sets assigned to them, or none at all).&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! User Group Name !! User Group Type !! Start Date !! Expiry Date&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of permission group || Type of user group (Group, Event, Union, other) || Date user was added || Date user will be removed from permissions group&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Event Tickets====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any event a user has attended since registered, and any future tickets that have been purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Event Name !! Event Start Date !! Event End Date !! Ticket Purchase Date !! Ticket Number !! Redemption&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Event || DD-MM-YYYY || DD-MM-YYYY || Date Purchased (DD-MM-YYYY) || 6 Digit Alphanumeric code || Yes/No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====e-Shop====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any order that a user has placed through the online eShop&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Order ID !! Date !! Order Amount(£) !! Order Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Order ID, beginning characters unique to union || DD-MM-YYYY || Order Value in GBP (£) Sterling || Dispatched / Awaiting Dispatch / Collect In Person / Intl. etc&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Payment History====&lt;br /&gt;
Payment history has around 30 fields which we wont&amp;#039; list in table form here, but you can find yourselves fairly easily, the reason it contains this many is so that finance staff can find a detailed breakdown of price aroudnd VAT / Shipping / Charges etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit User Account Details{{Edit}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit User Account Details.PNG|thumb|Edit User Account Details Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit User Account details screen is similar to the View User Account details screen, although with slightly less options listed, however it gives you access to change a users;&lt;br /&gt;
*Forename&lt;br /&gt;
*Surname&lt;br /&gt;
*Profile Picture&lt;br /&gt;
*Email address&lt;br /&gt;
*Telephone Number&lt;br /&gt;
*Session Timeout (in minutes)&lt;br /&gt;
*Date of Birth&lt;br /&gt;
*Opt in/out settings&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of union communication emails&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of NUS Emails&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of Third Party Emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|If your union has setup registration questions (See [[Setup]]) then you can change these options here also.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete User Account{{Delete}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Delete User.PNG|thumb|Delete User Account Warning]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steps to delete a user account are fairly straight forward.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the filter{{filter}} tool to identify the user you are looking for&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the Delete{{delete}} icon in the final column, in the same row as that user.&lt;br /&gt;
*A pop up will appear asking &amp;#039;Are you sure you want to delete this user&amp;#039; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Ok] [Cancel]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click okay, and that user has been removed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Merge User Account Details==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge-accounts.png|thumb|Merge Account Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_account_details/show_merge_users_page}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge.png|thumb|Completed Merge Account Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge Account Confirmation.PNG|thumb|Merge Account Confirmation Message]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the Merge User Account Details section, beneath the User Account Details tab.&lt;br /&gt;
*Search for a user, in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;User email&amp;#039; box, as you type a drop down menu will suggest options, click on the account you mean to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
:*At this point the page will briefly refresh, and return some information about the first account, giving you Name, and DOB, so you can confirm the user.&lt;br /&gt;
*Search for a user, in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;second&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;User email&amp;#039; box, as you type a drop down menu will suggest options, click on the account you mean to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
:*As with the previous box, the page will now refresh, and load details of the account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Decide which account you want to make primary, and use the &amp;#039;[Mark as Primary]&amp;#039; button below it, which will then become highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
*Simply press the &amp;#039;Merge Users&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will then be prompted to confirm whether you wish to confirm this merge.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally you will be taken to a screen summarising the new account details, the email address of the second account will also be listed in the alternate email space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes About Account Merging===&lt;br /&gt;
On this section you can merge users if they have two user accounts, for example, this could happen when a student has not received their university ID they are able to still register the student union website with their personal credentials and when the student is provided with their university credentials, later on, you are able to search for the user via name/email and merge both accounts into one.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Account_Details&amp;diff=2981</id>
		<title>User Account Details</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://support.unioncloud.org/UnionCloud/wiki/index.php?title=User_Account_Details&amp;diff=2981"/>
				<updated>2018-05-08T14:34:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Muda.1: /* Merge User Account Details */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:User Account Details.PNG|thumb|User Account Details Summary Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
The first page to load when you enter the &amp;#039;User Account Details&amp;#039;, which gives an overview of all users registered with your particular site, by default this section will show 20 records per page, although there is an option listed to show all records.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This page will list your users along with the following citeria;&lt;br /&gt;
UniversityID (If applicable), Forename, Surname, Date of Birth, Email, Alternate Email, the final column showing the View({{View}}), Edit({{Edit}}), Delete({{Delete}}), and Resend Fast Track Email{{Resend}} buttons, we will cover below. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Second section listed below the &amp;#039;User Account Details&amp;#039; menu, is &amp;#039;Merge User Account Details&amp;#039; screen. This would normally be used for students who registered before they came to college / university with a personal email address but who will automatically have a &amp;#039;Student&amp;#039; account created for them after registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List User Details==&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_account_details}}&lt;br /&gt;
===View User Account Details{{View}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View User Account Details.PNG|thumb|View User Account Details Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View User Account details displays a summary of the user in question, offering;&lt;br /&gt;
*Name&lt;br /&gt;
*Profile Picture&lt;br /&gt;
*User email&lt;br /&gt;
*Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
*Phone Number&lt;br /&gt;
*Opt out in/out Details&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of Union communication emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of NUS communication emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
:*Opt out of all commercial emails: [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Confirmed [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Visited Registration Page [Yes/No]&lt;br /&gt;
*Last Login Date&lt;br /&gt;
*Userable Type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below it then offers 5 Tabs showing more of the users history, listed in table form like so;&lt;br /&gt;
====Group Memberships====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any membership related to a group (so any Clubs / Societies)&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Group Name !! Membership Type !! Status !! Block/Unblock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Club / Society || Type of membership purchased || approved/expired/pending || Option to block current members&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====User Group Memberships====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any membership related to a usergroup (these are the ones that control permissions, they can have one of several permission sets assigned to them, or none at all).&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! User Group Name !! User Group Type !! Start Date !! Expiry Date&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of permission group || Type of user group (Group, Event, Union, other) || Date user was added || Date user will be removed from permissions group&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Event Tickets====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any event a user has attended since registered, and any future tickets that have been purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Event Name !! Event Start Date !! Event End Date !! Ticket Purchase Date !! Ticket Number !! Redemption&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Event || DD-MM-YYYY || DD-MM-YYYY || Date Purchased (DD-MM-YYYY) || 6 Digit Alphanumeric code || Yes/No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====e-Shop====&lt;br /&gt;
This is any order that a user has placed through the online eShop&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Order ID !! Date !! Order Amount(£) !! Order Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Order ID, beginning characters unique to union || DD-MM-YYYY || Order Value in GBP (£) Sterling || Dispatched / Awaiting Dispatch / Collect In Person / Intl. etc&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Payment History====&lt;br /&gt;
Payment history has around 30 fields which we wont&amp;#039; list in table form here, but you can find yourselves fairly easily, the reason it contains this many is so that finance staff can find a detailed breakdown of price aroudnd VAT / Shipping / Charges etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit User Account Details{{Edit}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Edit User Account Details.PNG|thumb|Edit User Account Details Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Edit User Account details screen is similar to the View User Account details screen, although with slightly less options listed, however it gives you access to change a users;&lt;br /&gt;
*Forename&lt;br /&gt;
*Surname&lt;br /&gt;
*Profile Picture&lt;br /&gt;
*Email address&lt;br /&gt;
*Telephone Number&lt;br /&gt;
*Session Timeout (in minutes)&lt;br /&gt;
*Date of Birth&lt;br /&gt;
*Opt in/out settings&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of union communication emails&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of NUS Emails&lt;br /&gt;
:*[Checkbox] To opt out of Third Party Emails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{note|If your union has setup registration questions (See [[Setup]]) then you can change these options here also.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete User Account{{Delete}}===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Delete User.PNG|thumb|Delete User Account Warning]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steps to delete a user account are fairly straight forward.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the filter{{filter}} tool to identify the user you are looking for&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the Delete{{delete}} icon in the final column, in the same row as that user.&lt;br /&gt;
*A pop up will appear asking &amp;#039;Are you sure you want to delete this user&amp;#039; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[Ok] [Cancel]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click okay, and that user has been removed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Merge User Account Details==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge-accounts.png|thumb|Merge Account Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{url|/administrator/user_account_details/show_merge_users_page}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge.png|thumb|Completed Merge Account Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Merge Account Confirmation.PNG|thumb|Merge Account Confirmation Message]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the Merge User Account Details section, beneath the User Account Details tab.&lt;br /&gt;
*Search for a user, in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;User email&amp;#039; box, as you type a drop down menu will suggest options, click on the account you mean to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
:*At this point the page will briefly refresh, and return some information about the first account, giving you Name, and DOB, so you can confirm the user.&lt;br /&gt;
*Search for a user, in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;second&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;User email&amp;#039; box, as you type a drop down menu will suggest options, click on the account you mean to choose.&lt;br /&gt;
:*As with the previous box, the page will now refresh, and load details of the account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Decide which account you want to make primary, and use the &amp;#039;[Mark as Primary]&amp;#039; button below it, which will then become highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
*Simply press the &amp;#039;Merge Users&amp;#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will then be prompted to confirm whether you wish to confirm this merge.&lt;br /&gt;
Finally you will be taken to a screen summarising the new account details, the email address of the second account will also be listed in the alternate email space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes About Account Merging===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Muda.1</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>